Toyota 2003 Camry Owners Manual

2015-09-07

: Toyota Toyota-2003-Camry-Owners-Manual-763035 toyota-2003-camry-owners-manual-763035 toyota pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 307

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

D U.S. OWNERS:
Toyota Customer Assistance Center
D CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre

Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331
Toll−free: 1−888−TOYOTA−8 (1−888−869−6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota
Motor Corporation.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Important information about this manual
Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Safety symbol

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle damage warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION
This is a
injury to
informed
order to
others.

warning against anything which may cause
people if the warning is ignored. You are
about what you must or must not do in
reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
When you see the safety symbol
shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
happen”.

NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Important information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty

Accessories, spare parts and
modification of your Toyota

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
warranties:

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or
replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or
adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

D New vehicle warranty
D Emission control systems warranty
D Others
For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine
Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the
modification may not be covered under warranty.

Your responsibility for
maintenance
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of
these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section
6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

iii

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Spark ignition system of your
Toyota

Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by the qualified service
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
vehicle.

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment
Standard.

Installation of a mobile
two−way radio system
As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in
your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as
multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, electronic throttle control system, cruise
control system, anti−lock brake system, traction control
system, vehicle skid control system, SRS airbag system
and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check with
your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions regarding installation.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 1

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrument cluster overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Instrument panel overview
"With lever type parking brake
1. Side defroster outlets
2. Side vents
3. Instrument cluster
4. Center vents
5. Personal lights
6. Electric moon roof switch
7. Garage door opener
8. Auxiliary boxes
9. Power door lock switches
10. Power window switches
11. Glove box
12. Cup holder
13. Parking brake lever
14. Automatic transmission selector lever
or manual transmission gear shift lever
15. Instrument panel light control dial
16. Window lock switch
17. Power rear view mirror control switches

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"With pedal type parking brake
1. Side defroster outlets
2. Side vents
3. Instrument cluster
4. Center vents
5. Personal lights
6. Electric moon roof switch
7. Garage door opener
8. Auxiliary boxes
9. Power door lock switches
10. Power window switches
11. Rear vents
12. Glove box
13. Cup holder
14. Automatic transmission selector lever
15. Instrument panel light control dial
16. Parking brake pedal
17. Window lock switch
18. Power rear view mirror control switches

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"With manual air conditioning controls
1. Headlight and turn signal switch and
front fog light switch
2. Wiper and washer switches
3. Emergency flasher switch
4. Clock/outside temperature display and
multi−information display
5. Car audio
6. Theft deterrent system/engine
immobiliser system indicator light
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
8. Air conditioning controls
9. Power outlet
10. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
11. Seat heater switches
12. Cruise control switch
13. Ignition switch
14. Tilt steering lock release lever
15. Multi−information display control
switches
16. Hood lock release lever
17. Traction control system off switch
18. Power adjustable pedals switch

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"With automatic air conditioning controls
1. Headlight and turn signal switch and
front fog light switch
2. Wiper and washer switches
3. Emergency flasher switch
4. Clock/outside temperature display and
multi−information display
5. Car audio
6. Theft deterrent system/engine
immobiliser system indicator light
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
8. Air conditioning controls
9. Power outlet
10. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
11. Seat heater switches
12. Cruise control switch
13. Ignition switch
14. Tilt steering lock release lever
15. Multi−information display control
switches
16. Hood lock release lever
17. Traction control system off switch
18. Power adjustable pedals switch

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Instrument cluster overview
"2AZ−FE engine

1. Tachometer

4. Speedometer

6. Odometer and two trip meters

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"1MZ−FE engine

1. Tachometer

4. Speedometer

6. Odometer and two trip meters

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

Brake system warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Vehicle skid control system and traction control
system warning light∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Turn signal indicator lights

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Overdrive−off indicator light
Slip indicator light
Traction control system off indicator light
Cruise control indicator light∗2
∗1 :

For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” on page 105 in Section 1−5.

∗2 :

If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 129 in Section 1−6.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 2

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine immobiliser system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft deterrent system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric moon roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12
15
17
25
27
30
30
32
34

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Keys (without engine
immobiliser system)

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
1. Master keys—
These keys work in every lock.
Since the doors and trunk lid can be
locked without a key, you should always carry a spare master key in case
you accidentally lock your keys inside
the vehicle.
2. Sub key—
This key will not work in the glove box
and trunk.

Keys (with engine immobiliser
system)

KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key number and storing it in a safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
1. Master keys (black)—
These keys work in every lock. Your
Toyota dealer will need one of them to
make a new key with a built−in transponder chip.
Since the doors and trunk lid can be
locked without a key, you should always carry a spare master key in case
you accidentally lock your keys inside
the vehicle.

To protect items locked in the trunk or
glove box when using valet parking,
leave the sub key with the attendant.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

2. Sub key (gray)—
This key will not work in the glove box
and trunk.
To protect items locked in the trunk or
glove box when using valet parking,
leave the sub key with the attendant.
A transponder chip for engine immobiliser
system has been placed in the head of
the master and sub keys. These chips are
needed to enable the system to function
correctly, so be careful not to lose these
keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system
or start the engine.

NOTICE
When using a key containing a transponder chip, observe the following
precautions:
z When starting the engine, do not
use the key with a key ring resting
on the key grip and do not press
the key ring against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts.

z When starting the engine, do not
use the key with other transponder
keys around (including keys of other vehicles) and do not press other
key plates against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts. If
this happens, remove the key once
and then insert it again after removing other transponder keys (including keys of other vehicles) from the
ring or while gripping or covering
them with your hand to start the
engine.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

z Do not cover the key grip with any
material that cuts off electromagnetic waves.
z Do not knock the key hard against
other objects.
z Do not leave the key exposed to
high temperatures for a long period,
such as on the dashboard and hood
under the direct sunlight.
z Do not put the key in water or
wash it in an ultrasonic washer.
z Do not bend the key grip.

z Do not use the key with electromagnetic materials.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Engine immobiliser system
The system is automatically set when the
key is removed from the ignition switch.
The indicator light will start flashing to
show the system is set.
If any of the following indicator conditions
occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

D The indicator light stays on except

when the theft deterrent system is setting or activating. (See “Theft deterrent
system” on page 30 in this section.)

D The indicator light does not start flashThe engine immobiliser system is a
theft prevention system. When you insert the key in the ignition switch, the
transponder chip in the key’s head
transmits an electronic code to the vehicle. The engine will start only when
the electronic code in the chip corresponds to the registered ID code for
the vehicle.

With manual air conditioning controls

ing when the key is removed from the
ignition switch.

D The indicator light flashes unsteady.
Inserting the registered key in the ignition
switch automatically cancels the system,
which enables the engine to start. The
indicator light will go off.
For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built−in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.

With automatic air conditioning controls

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system or start the engine.

NOTICE
Do not modify, remove or disassemble the engine immobiliser system. If any unauthorized changes or
modifications are made, the proper
operation of the system cannot be
guaranteed.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

For vehicles sold in Canada

FCC ID: MOZRI−19BTY
MADE IN JAPAN

This device complies with RSS−210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:

FCC ID: NT8−156072FIFXCVR
CANADA: 3043104233 5 2

(1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.

FCC ID: NT8−15607YU3FXCVR
MADE IN MEXICO
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Side doors—
When all the doors are unlocked simultaneously using either the key or the wireless remote control transmitter, the interior
light and ignition switch light will come on
and remain on for about 15 seconds before fading out. (For further information,
see “Interior light” on page 97 and “Ignition switch light” on page 97 in Section
1−4.)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.

LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
INSIDE LOCK KNOB

WITH

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.

To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

All the doors lock and unlock simultaneously with either front door. In the driver’s door lock, turning the key once will
unlock the driver’s door and twice in succession will unlock all the doors simultaneously.

The front doors can be opened by pulling
the inside handle even if the lock knobs
are in the locked position.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

CAUTION

Push the switch.

Do not pull the inside handle of the
front doors while driving. The doors
will open and an accident may occur.
Toyota strongly recommends that all
children be placed in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Closing the door with the lock knob in the
lock position will also lock the door. Be
careful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.
The door cannot be locked when either
front door is open and the key is in the
ignition.

WITH

To lock: Push the switch down on the
front side.
To unlock: Push the switch down on the
rear side.
Operating the switch simultaneously locks
or unlocks all the side doors.
If you do either of the following, no door
can be unlocked with the power door lock
switch.
Driver’s side

D Lock all the doors with the key or wire-

less remote control transmitter when all
the doors are closed.

D Open the driver’s door or front passen-

If the vehicle is subjected to a severe
impact from the front or rear, or from
either side with the ignition switch at the
“ON” position, all the doors will unlock
automatically.

ger’s door and move the inside lock
knobs of both front doors to the lock
position, then close the front doors.

The power door lock switch can be reset
in the following ways.

D Turn the ignition key to “ON”.
D Unlock all the doors with the key or
wireless remote control transmitter.

D Unlock the driver’s door or front pasPassenger’s side

senger’s door with the inside lock
knob, and then unlock all the doors
with the power door lock switch.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions (vehicles
with automatic transmission)
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the doors
are closed and locked, especially
when small children are in the vehicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the doors helps
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the vehicle during an accident. It also helps
prevent the doors from being opened
unintentionally.
REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS
Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”
position as shown on the label.
This feature allows you to lock a rear
door so it can be opened from the outside
only, not from inside. We recommend using this feature whenever small children
are in the vehicle.

You can select the following modes of
the automatic locking and unlocking
functions. The initial mode is mode 1.

D Mode 1—Automatic locking linked
with the shift position

All doors are automatically locked when
the shift lever is moved out of the “P”
position with the ignition switch in the
“ON” position and all the doors are
closed.

D Mode 2—Functions cancelled
Automatic door locking and unlocking
functions do not activate in this mode.

D Mode 3—Automatic locking and un-

locking linked with the shift position
Locking function—All doors are automatically locked when the shift lever is
moved out of the “P” position with the
ignition switch in the “ON” position and
all the doors are closed.
Unlocking function—All doors are automatically unlocked when the shift lever
is moved to the “P” position with the
ignition switch in the “ON” position.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Wireless remote control
D Mode 4—Automatic locking and un-

locking linked with the shift position
and ignition switch
Locking function—All doors are automatically locked when the shift lever is
moved out of the “P” position with the
ignition switch in the “ON” position and
all the doors are closed.
Unlocking function—All doors are automatically unlocked when the ignition
switch is turned from the “ON” position
to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

CHANGING THE MODE
The mode toggles through from mode
1 to mode 4. To change the mode, do
the following:
1. Shift the shift lever into the “P” position and close all doors.
2. Push the power door lock switch on
the rear side to unlock the doors.

4. Within 5 seconds
switch is turned to
push and hold the
switch on the front
seconds.

after the ignition
the “ON” position,
power door lock
side for about 5

5. Open door warning light will flash to
indicate that the mode has been
changed.
The flashing of the open door warning
light indicates the mode which has been
selected.

D Flashing

function

has

D Flashing

function

has

once,
the
changed to mode 1.
twice, the
changed to mode 2.

Locking operation

D Flashing three times, the function has
changed to mode 3.

D Flashing four times, the function has
changed to mode 4.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
position.

Unlocking operation

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

The wireless remote control system is
designed to lock or unlock all the
doors, open the trunk lid or activate
the “PANIC” mode from a distance
within approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the
vehicle.
LOCKING
DOORS

AND

UNLOCKING

THE

To lock and unlock all the doors, push
the switches of the transmitter slowly
and securely.
To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All the
doors are locked simultaneously. At this
time one beep will be heard, and the turn
signal lights will flash once.
Check to see that the doors are securely
locked.
If any door is not securely closed, locking
cannot be performed by the “LOCK”
switch and a beep will sound continuously
for 10 seconds. However, if the key is in
the ignition, a beep will not sound.
To stop the beep, close all the doors securely or push the “UNLOCK” switch.

To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switch
once to unlock the driver’s door alone.
Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds
unlocks all the doors simultaneously. Each
time the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, two
beeps will be heard, and the turn signal
lights will flash twice.
When the “UNLOCK” switch is pressed,
the interior light and ignition switch light
come on. The lights remain on for about
15 seconds unless any door is opened
and closed. (For further information, see
“Interior light” on page 97 and “Ignition
switch light” on page 97 in Section 1−4.)
You have 30 seconds to open a door after
using the wireless remote unlock feature.
If a door is not opened by then, all the
doors will be automatically locked again
and one beep will be heard.
If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept
pressed in, the locking or unlocking operation is not repeated. Release the switch
and then push again.

OPENING THE TRUNK LID
To open the trunk lid, push the trunk
lid open switch of the transmitter for 1
second.
If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,
the trunk lid cannot be opened by the
trunk lid open switch.
To open the trunk lid with the master key,
see “Trunk lid” on page 27 in this section.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SWITCHING BEEP SOUND ON AND OFF
You can switch the beep on and off. (The
beep is on initially and after battery replacement.)
To switch the beep on and off:
With the driver’s door opened—
1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.
2. Within 5 seconds, insert the ignition
key again and turn it to the “ON” position.

“PANIC” SWITCH
Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows the
horn intermittently and flashes the
headlights, tail lights, turn signal lights
and interior light.
The “PANIC” switch is used to deter vehicle theft when you witness anyone attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle.
The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
alarm midway, push the “PANIC” switch
once again, unlock any door with the key
or transmitter, or turn the ignition key from
the “LOCK” to “ON” position.
The “PANIC” mode does not work when
the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

3. After 10 seconds, push the same
“LOCK”, “UNLOCK”, “PANIC” or trunk
lid open switch twice within 10 seconds.
Two beep sounds inform you that the
program has been switched on or off.
If this procedure is not followed exactly,
the beep will not operate as expected.
Check the beep ON/OFF operation by
pushing the transmitter switch after you
finish this procedure. If the beep does not
operate as expected, repeat this procedure from step 1.

WIRELESS
TRANSMITTER

REMOTE

CONTROL

The wireless remote control transmitter is
an electronic component. Observe the following instructions in order not to cause
damage to the transmitter.

D Do not leave the transmitter on places

where the temperature becomes high
such as on the dashboard.

D Do not disassemble it.
D Avoid knocking it hard against other
objects or dropping it.

D Avoid putting it in water.
You can use up to 4 wireless remote control transmitters for the same vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
information.
If the wireless remote control transmitter
does not actuate the doors or alarm, or
operate from a normal distance:

D Check for closeness to a radio trans-

mitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.

D The battery may have been consumed.

Check the battery in the transmitter. To
replace the battery, see “REPLACING
TRANSMITTER BATTERY”.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an accident. (See “If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter” on page 242 in
Section 4.)
MODEL/FCC ID: GQ43VT14T
CAN: 1470 102 849
MADE IN U.S.A.
This complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY
For replacement, use a CR2032 lithium
battery or equivalent.

CAUTION
Special care should be taken to prevent small children from swallowing
the removed transmitter battery or
components.

NOTICE
z When replacing the transmitter battery, be careful not to lose the components.

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the
transmitter case.

z Replace only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by a
Toyota dealer.
z Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.
Replace the transmitter battery by following these procedures:

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

z Be careful not to bend the electrode
of the transmitter battery insertion
and that dust or oils do not adhere
to the transmitter case.
z Close the transmitter case securely.
After replacing the battery, check that the
transmitter operates properly. If the transmitter still does not operate properly, contact your Toyota dealer.

2. Remove the discharged transmitter battery.

NOTICE
Do not bend the terminals.

3. Put a new transmitter battery with positive (+) side up.
Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE
z Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the transmitter battery are faced correctly.
z Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause unexpected
rust.
z Do not touch or move any components inside of the transmitter, or
it may interfere with proper operation.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Power windows
Automatic operation:
Type A—Push the switch completely down
and then release it. The window will fully
open. To stop the window partway, lightly
pull the switch up and then release it.
Type B—Push the switch completely down
or pull it completely up, and then release
it. The window will fully open or close. To
stop the window partway, lightly move the
switch in the opposite direction and then
release it.
Jam protection function (type B only):
The windows can be operated with the
switch on each door.

Type A (to open only)

The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.

During automatic closing operation or key
off closing operation, the window stops
and opens half way if something gets
caught between the window and window
frame.
If the window receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.

Key off operation: All windows work for
43 seconds even after the ignition switch
is turned off. They stop working when either front door is opened.
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Type B (to open and close)

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION

D Never try jamming any part of your

Window
lock
switch

body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.

D The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the window fully closed.

OPERATING
WINDOWS

THE

PASSENGERS’

Use the switches on the passengers’
doors. The driver’s door also has
switches that control the passengers’
windows.
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows
cannot be operated.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Trunk lid—
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.

D Before you close the power win-

dows, always make sure there is
nobody around the power windows.
You must also make sure the
heads, hands and other parts of the
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in a serious injury.
When anyone closes the power windows, make sure he or she operates the windows safely.

D When small children are in the ve-

hicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervision. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unexpected use of the switches.

D Never leave small children alone in

the vehicle, especially with the ignition key still inserted. They could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unattended children can be involved in
serious accidents.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,
insert the master key and turn it clockwise.
See “Luggage stowage precautions” on
page 202 in Section 2 for precautions
when loading luggage.
To close the trunk lid, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try
pulling it up to make sure it is securely
closed.
The trunk lid can be opened with the wireless remote control transmitter, see
“—Wireless remote control” on page 20 in
this section.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Lock release lever

—Luggage security system

To open the trunk lid from the driver’s
seat, pull up on the lock release lever.

This system prevents someone (with
the sub key) from gaining access to the
trunk by folding down a rear seat or
using the trunk lid lock release lever.

CAUTION
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving. This not only keeps the luggage
from being thrown out but also prevents exhaust gases from entering
the vehicle.

To deactivate this lock release lever from
opening the trunk lid, see “—Luggage security system” described below.

To protect valuables stored in
trunk, do the following procedure.

the

1. Open the trunk lid and push down
the security lock levers to lock the
rear seatbacks.
After locking the rear seatbacks, try folding them down to make sure they are
securely locked, otherwise someone could
get into the trunk by folding down a rear
seat.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Internal trunk release handle
CAUTION

D Always lock the trunk lid and all

doors, and keep away the vehicle
keys out of children’s reach.

D Never leave children unattended in

the vehicle. Unsupervised children
may lock themselves in the vehicle
or trunk and suffer serious injuries
or death.

2. Close the trunk lid. Insert the master
key and turn it counterclockwise to
deactivate the trunk lid lock release
lever.

If a person is locked in the trunk,
he/she can pull down the phosphorescent handle on the inside of trunk lid
to open the trunk lid.

After the operation, try pulling up the
trunk lid lock release lever to make sure
it is locked.

The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)
handle will continue to glow for a time
after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the
handle to stronger light will cause it to
glow longer.

NOTICE
Implement the above steps to maximize security of the luggage in the
trunk whenever the vehicle is unattended.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Hood

Theft deterrent system

To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is closed and securely locked. Otherwise, the hood may open unexpectedly while driving and an accident may
occur.

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. Then lower the hood and make sure
it locks into place. If necessary, press
down gently on the front edge to lock it.

To deter vehicle theft, the system is
designed to sound an alarm if any of
the doors, trunk or hood is forcibly unlocked or the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected when the
vehicle is locked.
The alarm blows the horn intermittently
and flashes the headlights, tail lights, turn
signal lights and interior light.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SETTING THE SYSTEM

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”
position and remove it.

Activating the system

The indicator light will start flashing when
the key is removed from the ignition
switch. (See “Engine immobiliser system”
on page 15 for details.)
2. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle.
3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk and
hood.
With manual air conditioning controls

The indicator light will remain on when all
the doors, trunk and hood are closed and
locked.
The system will automatically be set after
30 seconds. When the system is set, the
indicator light will start flashing again.
4. After making sure the indicator light
starts flashing, you may leave the vehicle.
Never leave anyone in the vehicle when
you set the system, because unlocking
from the inside will activate the system.

With automatic air conditioning controls

The system will sound the alarm under
the following conditions:

D If any of the doors are unlocked or if

the trunk or hood is forcibly opened
without the key or wireless remote control transmitter

D If the battery terminal is disconnected
and then reconnected

D Hotwire the ignition.
The indicator light will come on when the
system is activating.
If any of the door is unlocked without the
key or wireless remote control transmitter
and the key is not in the ignition switch,
all the doors will be automatically locked
again.
After one minute, the alarm will automatically stop and the indicator light will starts
flashing again.
Reactivating the alarm
Once set, the system automatically resets
the alarm after the alarm stops.
The alarm will activate again under the
same
circumstances
described
in
“Activating the system”.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Fuel tank cap

D Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”

5. Repeat this operation for the other
doors, trunk and hood. When testing
the hood, also check that the system
is activated when the battery terminal
is disconnected and then reconnected.

D Unlock any of the doors with the key

If the system does not work properly,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

Stopping the alarm
The alarm will be stopped by the following
three ways:
to “ON” position.

or wireless remote control transmitter.

D Open the trunk with the key or wireless
remote control transmitter.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM
The system will be cancelled
above mentioned 3 ways.

the

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,
the theft deterrent system has been
alarmed. Check to see if there is any
abnormality on your vehicle.

This indicates that the fuel filler door
is on the left side of your vehicle.

TESTING THE SYSTEM
1. Open all the windows.
2. Set the system as described above.
The doors should be locked with the
key or wireless remote control transmitter. Be sure to wait until the indicator
light goes off or starts flashing.
3. Unlock any door from the inside. The
system should activate the alarm.
4. Stopping the alarm as described above.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
lever up.
When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap counterclockwise by 90 degrees (to the pressure point 1), and
then turn it an additional 30 degrees
(to point 2). Pause slightly before
removing it.

D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-

Although a click will be heard as you turn
the cap to point 1, it does not indicate
that the cap can be removed.

D When opening the cap, do not re-

It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened.

low open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.
move the cap quickly. In hot weather, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly removed.

3. The removed cap can be stored on
the back side of the fuel filler door.
Position the cap so that the hooks point
to the left and right, and set it in the
receptacle on the back side of the door.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Electric moon roof
When installing the cap, turn the cap
clockwise until you hear one click.
When you hear the click, the cap is
fully closed.
If the cap is not installed securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.

CAUTION

NOTICE
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the cap could be damaged
or become hard to open.
z Apply force only in the turning direction to the cap. Do not pull or
pry it.
z Do not tighten the cap further after
you hear one click when installing.

Sliding operation

D Make sure the cap is installed se-

curely to prevent fuel spillage in
case of an accident.

D Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
cap for replacement. It is designed
to regulate fuel tank pressure.

Tilting operation

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

To operate the moon roof, use the
switch beside the personal lights.
The moon roof works when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position. However,
if both front doors are closed, it works for
about 43 seconds even after the ignition
switch is turned off. It stops working when
either of the front doors are opened.
Sun shade operation—
The sun shade can be opened or closed
by hand.
Sliding operation—
To open: Push and hold the switch for 1
second on the “SLIDE OPEN” side.
The roof will fully open automatically. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly.
The sun shade will be opened together
with the roof.
To close: Push and hold the switch for 1
second on the “TILT UP” side.
The roof will fully close automatically. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly.

Tilting operation—
To tilt up: Push and hold the switch for
1 second on the “TILT UP” side.
The roof will fully tilt up automatically. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly.
To tilt down: Push and hold the switch for
1 second on the “SLIDE OPEN” side.
The roof will fully tilt down automatically.
To stop the roof partway, push the switch
on either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly.
Jam protection function: During closing
operation, the moon roof stops and opens
half way if something gets caught between
the moon roof and frame.
If the moon roof receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the moon roof may not operate
automatically and the jam protection function will not function correctly after you
reconnect, replace or recharge the battery.
In any of these cases, you should normalize the moon roof.

To normalize the moon roof, push and
hold the moon roof switch on the “TILT
UP” side until the moon roof tilts all the
way up and then tilts down a little automatically.
Make sure that the moon roof opens and
closes automatically. If the moon roof cannot be operated properly, have it checked
by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.

D While the vehicle is moving, always

keep the heads, hands and other
parts of the bodies of all occupants
away from the roof opening. Otherwise, they could be seriously injured if the vehicle stops suddenly
or if the vehicle is involved in an
accident.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Before you close the moon roof,

always make sure there is nobody
around the moon roof. You must
also make sure nobody places his
or her head, hands and other parts
of the body in the roof opening. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in the closing roof, it could
result in a serious injury. When
anyone closes the moon roof, first
make sure it is safe to do so.

D Never leave small children alone in

the vehicle, especially with the ignition key still inserted. They could
use the moon roof switches and get
trapped in the roof opening. Unattended children can be involved in
serious accidents.

D Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.

D Never try jamming any part of your

body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.

D The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the moon roof is fully
closed.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 3

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Seats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and Mirrors
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fold−down rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power adjustable pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

38
38
42
43
44
45
45
54
62
69
85
85
86
87
88
89

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Front seats—
—Front seat precautions

Seats
While the vehicle is being driven, all vehicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and properly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

D Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow passengers to sit on top
of a folded−down seatback, or in
the luggage compartment or cargo
area. Persons not properly seated
and/or properly restrained by seat
belts can be severely injured in the
event of emergency braking or a
collision.

D During driving, do not allow pas-

sengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Otherwise,
severe injuries can occur in the
event of emergency braking or a
collision.

Driver seat

D Slightly recline the back of the
CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys with
considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if
the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for driver airbag
is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
in.) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety.
This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your
breastbone. If you sit less than 250
mm (10 in.) away now, you can
change your driving position in several ways:

D Move your seat to the rear as far

seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 250
mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the
seat somewhat. If reclining the back
of your seat makes it hard to see
the road, raise yourself by using a
firm, non−slippery cushion, or raise
the seat if your vehicle has that
feature.

D If your steering wheel is adjustable,
tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of
your head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot
pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.

as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Front seat precautions
(on vehicles with SRS side
airbags)
Front passenger seat

CAUTION
The SRS front passenger airbag also
deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback
adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.

—Seat adjustment precautions

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed in
the driver and front passenger seats.
Observe the following precautions.

D Adjustments should not be made

D Do not lean against the front door

when the vehicle is in use, since
the side airbag inflates with considerable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously injured.

D Do not use seat accessories which
cover the area where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.

D Do not modify or replace the seats

or upholstery of front seats with
side airbags. Such changes may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, disable the system
or cause the side airbags to inflate
accidentally, resulting in death or
serious injury.

while the vehicle is moving, as the
seat may unexpectedly move and
cause the driver to lose control of
the vehicle.

D When adjusting the seat, be careful
that the seat does not hit a passenger or luggage.

D After adjusting the seat position, re-

lease the lever and try sliding the
seat forward and backward to make
sure it is locked in position.

D After adjusting the seatback, push

your body back against the seat to
make sure the seat is locked in
position.

D Do not put objects under the seats.

Otherwise, the objects may interfere
with the seat−lock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat position adjusting lever and the seat
may suddenly move, causing the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Adjusting front seats
(manual seat)
D While adjusting the seat, do not put

your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. Otherwise, your
hands or fingers may be caught and
injured.

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
Hold the center of the lever and pull it
up. Then slide the seat to the desired
position with slight body pressure and
release the lever.
2. SEAT CUSHION HEIGHT ADJUSTING
KNOB
Turn the knob either way.
3. SEATBACK
LEVER

ANGLE

ADJUSTING

Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Adjusting front seats (power
seat)
1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHION
HEIGHT ADJUSTING SWITCH

CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear
collision when the driver and the passenger are sitting up straight and
well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. In the event
of a frontal collision, the more the
seat is reclined, the greater the risk
of personal injury.
4. SEAT
LUMBAR
ADJUSTING KNOB

Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seat at
that position.
Do not place anything under the front
seats, as this might interfere with the seat
movement.
2. SEATBACK
SWITCH

ANGLE

ADJUSTING

Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seatback at that position.

SUPPORT

Turn the knob either way.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Fold−down rear seat
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear
collision when the driver and the passenger are sitting up straight and
well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. In the event
of a frontal collision, the more the
seat is reclined, the greater the risk
of personal injury.
3. SEAT
LUMBAR
ADJUSTING KNOB
Turn the knob either way.

SUPPORT

1. Pull up the seatback security lock
lever 1 to the unlock position.
2. Pull up the lock release button 2.
3. Fold down the seatback.
Each seatback can be folded separately.

This will enlarge the trunk as far as the
seatbacks. See “Luggage stowage precautions” on page 202 in Section 2 for precautions when loading luggage.

NOTICE
Make sure the luggage loaded in the
enlarged trunk will not damage the
webbing of the rear center seat belt
when the left seatback is folded
down.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Seat heaters
CAUTION

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to the
upright position, observe the following precautions in order to prevent
personal injury in a collision or sudden stop:

Occupants must use caution when operating the seat heater because it
may make them feel too hot or cause
burns at low temperatures (erythema,
varicella). Use extra caution for;

D Make sure the seatback is securely

D Babies, small children, elderly per-

locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback
and that the red mark at the button
on the top of the seatback cannot
be seen. Failure to do so will prevent the seat belt from operating
properly.

D Make sure the seat belts are not

twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in the proper
position and are ready to use.

sons, sick persons or handicapped
persons

To turn on the seat heater, push the
switch. To turn off the seat heater,
push the switch once again.
At this time, the indicator light will illuminate to indicate the seat heater is
operating.
The key must be in the “ON” position.

D Persons who have delicate skin
D Persons who are exhausted
D Persons who have taken alcohol or

drugs which induce sleep (sleeping
drug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, do
not use the seat heater with a blanket, cushion, or other insulating objects which cover the seat.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Head restraints
NOTICE

For your safety and comfort, adjust the
head restraint before driving.

z Do not put unevenly weighed objects on the seat and do not stick
sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)
into the seat.

To raise: Pull it up.
To lower: Push it down while pressing the
lock release button.
The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recommended.

z When cleaning the seats, do not
use organic substances (paint thinner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.). They may damage the heater
and seat surface.
z To prevent the battery from being
discharged, turn the switch off
when the engine is not running.

CAUTION
Front

D Adjust the center of the head re-

straint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.

D After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.

D Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

Rear

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions

Armrest

Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly restrained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
The seat belts provided for your vehicle
are designed for people of adult size,
large enough to properly wear them.

To use the armrest,
shown above.

pull

out as

Child. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
on page 69 for details.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.

Do not allow the child to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious injury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. It does not provide sufficient
restraint.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the injury, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendations.

If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Front and rear seat belts
CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious bodily injury or
death in the event of sudden braking
or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:

D Use the belt for only one person at

a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.

D Avoid reclining the seatbacks too

much. The seat belts provide maximum protection when the seatbacks
are in the upright position. (Refer
to the seat adjustment instructions.)

D Be careful not to damage the belt

webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or doors.

D Inspect the belt system periodically.

Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be replaced. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.

D Keep the belts clean and dry. If

they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive cleaners—they may severely weaken the
belts. (See “Cleaning the interior”
on page 247 in Section 5.)

D Replace the belt assembly (includ-

ing bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.
Adjust the seat as needed (front seats
only) and sit up straight and well back
in the seat. To fasten your belt, pull it
out of the retractor and insert the tab
into the buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
your shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from your neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Failure to
do so could reduce the amount of
protection in an accident and cause
serious injures in a collision.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” on page 69 in this section.) To
free the belt again, fully retract the belt
and then pull the belt out once more.

CAUTION

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder
anchor—

D After inserting the tab, make sure

Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function

To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.
After adjustment make sure the anchor is
locked in position.

normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION
Take up
slack

loose−fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended result. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on hips
as possible.

Too high

D For your safety, do not place the

Keep as low on
hips as possible

Adjust the position
shoulder belts.

D Both high−positioned lap belts and

shoulder belt under your arm.

the

Position the lap belt as low as
on your hips—not on your waist,
just it to a snug fit by pulling the
portion upward through the latch

lap and
possible
then adshoulder
plate.

To release the belt, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough,
a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer so
that the dealer can order the proper required length for the extender. Bring the
heaviest coat you expect to wear for proper measurement and selection of length.
Additional ordering information is available
at your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following precautions.
Failure to follow these instructions
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt restraint system in case of
vehicle
accident,
increasing
the
chance of personal injury.

D Never use the seat belt extender if

you can fasten the seat belt without
it.

D Remember that the extender pro-

vided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, for
another person, or at a different
seating position than the one originally intended.

To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle−release buttons of the extender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle−release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extender itself.
When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Seat belt comfort guides
CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the seat belt extender is not
twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.

The outside shoulder belt comfort
guides for the rear seat outside positions will provide added seat belt comfort for children who have outgrown
child restraints and for small adults.
When the outside shoulder belt is inserted through the guide, the comfort
guide pulls the belt away from the neck
and head of an occupant.

Seat belt comfort guides are stored in the
both pockets on the sides of the rear
seatback.

To use the comfort guide, do as follows.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

INSTALLING THE COMFORT GUIDE
1. Pull the
pocket.

comfort

guide

from

the

2. Pinch the two edges of the shoulder
belt for the rear seat outside position with your fingers and slide the
belt past the slot of the guide as
shown above. At this time, the elastic cord must be behind the seat
belt.

3. Buckle, position and release the seat
belt. (For wearing the seat belt, see
“—Front and rear seat belts” on
page 46 in this section.) Make sure
the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder.

CAUTION
Make sure the belt is not twisted and
that it lies flat. The elastic cord must
be behind the belt and the guide
must be on the front.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Front seat belt
pretensioners

REMOVING
AND
COMFORT GUIDE

STORING

THE

Pinch the two edges of the seat belt
together so that you can slide them out
of the guide. Store the guide with the
elastic cord into the pocket.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, remove and store the
comfort guide in its pocket when it is
not in use.

The driver and front passenger’s seat
belt pretensioners are designed to be
activated in response to a severe frontal impact.
When the airbag sensor detects the shock
of a severe frontal impact, the front seat
belts are quickly drawn back in by the
retractors so that the belts snugly restrain
the front seat occupants.
The front seat belt pretensioners are activated even with no passenger in the front
seat.
Collisions occurring at certain speeds and
angles may cause the seat belt pretensioners and SRS airbags not to operate
all together.

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the front seat belt pretensioners
are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner
assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 105 in Section 1−5.)

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

When the front seat belt pretensioners are
activated, an operating noise may be
heard and a small amount of smoke−like
gas may be released. This gas is harmless and does not indicate that a fire is
occurring.
Once the front seat belt pretensioners
have been activated, the seat belt retractors remain locked.

CAUTION

The front seat belt pretensioner system
mainly consists of the following components and their locations are shown in the
illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies
4. Airbag sensor assembly
The front seat belt pretensioners are controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. The
airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

Do not modify, remove, strike or open
the front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, airbag sensor or surrounding area or wiring. Doing so may
cause sudden operation of the front
seat belt pretensioners or disable the
system, which could result in death
or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injuries. Consult your Toyota dealer
about any repairs and modifications.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
front seat belt pretensioners in some
cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Repairs on or near the front seat
belt retractor assemblies
z Modification of the suspension system
z Modification of the front end structure
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or console

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag

This front seat belt pretensioner system
has a service reminder indicator to inform
the driver of operating problems. If any of
the following conditions occurs, this
indicates a malfunction of the airbags or
pretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible to service the
vehicle.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D The light comes on or flashes while
driving.

D If either front seat belt does not retract

or can not be pulled out due to a
malfunction or activation of the relevant
front seat belt pretensioner.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the front seat belt pretensioners to operate.

D Either front seat belt pretensioner assembly
or
surrounding
area
is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags are designed to provide further protection for the driver
and front passenger in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work together with
the seat belts to help reduce injury by
inflating. The SRS front airbags help to
reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s or
front passenger’s head or chest caused by
directly hitting the steering wheel or dashboard. The front passenger airbag is activated even with no passenger in the front
seat.
Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Your vehicle is equipped with a crash
sensing and diagnostic module, which will
record the use of the seat belt restraint
system by the driver when the SRS airbags are inflated.

The SRS front airbags are designed to
deploy in severe (usually frontal) collisions where the magnitude and duration
of the forward deceleration of the vehicle exceeds the designed threshold
level.

CAUTION

The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision
when the vehicles has the impact straight
into a fixed barrier that does not move or
deform.

The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:

D The driver sit as far back as pos-

sible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the vehicle.

D The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.

D All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS front airbags are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner
assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 105 in Section 1−5.)

However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions
where the forward deceleration of the vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the
seat belt pretensioners may not activate
together.
Always wear your seat belts properly.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Collision from the rear

Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard material

Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole

Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are generally not
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
speed frontal collision. But, whenever a
collision of any type causes sufficient
forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may
occur.

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.

The SRS airbag system mainly consists of
the following components, and their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
4. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch
5. Driver’s seat position sensor
6. Airbag sensor assembly
7. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

The airbag sensors constantly monitor the
forward deceleration of the vehicle. If an
impact results in a forward deceleration
beyond the designed threshold level, the
system triggers the airbag inflators. At this
time a chemical reaction in the inflators
very quickly fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward motion
of the occupants. The airbags then quickly
deflate, so that there is no obstruction of
the driver’s vision should it be necessary
to continue driving.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can physically and
safely exit the vehicle after a collision,
you should do so at the first opportunity.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily to the head and chest, it
may also cause other, less severe injuries
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
are usually in the nature of minor burns
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
a deploying airbag can cause more serious injuries, especially if an occupant’s
hands, arms, chest or head are in close
proximity to the airbag module at the time
of deployment. This is why it is important
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the
occupant and the airbag module; sit
straight and well back into the seat; wear
the available seat belt properly; and sit as
far as possible from the airbag module,
while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
for several minutes after deployment, so
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.

CAUTION

D The SRS airbag system is designed

only as a supplement to the primary protection of the driver side and
front passenger side seat belt systems. The front seat occupants can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” on page 45 in this section.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Improperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying front airbags. An infant or child
who is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” on page 69 in this
section.

Move seat
fully back

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the force of
the deploying front passenger airbag could cause death or serious
injury to the child.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D On vehicles with side airbags and

curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean against the door
or around the door even if the child
is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.

D For

instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on page
69 in this section.

D Do not sit on the edge of the seat

or lean over the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use, since the
front airbags inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously injured. Sit up straight and well back
in the seat, and always use your
seat belt properly.

D Do not allow a child to stand up or

to kneel on the front passenger
seat, since the front airbag inflates
with considerable speed and force.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured.

D Do not hold a child on your lap or

in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” on page 69 in this section.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Do not modify or remove any wir-

ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag cover, front
passenger airbag or airbag sensor
assembly. Doing so may cause sudden SRS front airbag inflation or
disable the system, which could result in death or serious injury.

D Do not put objects or your pets on

or in front of the dashboard or
steering wheel pad that houses the
front airbag system. They might restrict inflation or cause death or
serious injury as they are projected
rearward by the force of the deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver
and front passenger should not
hold objects in their arms or on
their knees.

Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repairs and modifications.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS front airbag system in some
cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Modification of the suspension system
z Modification of the front end structure
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.

This SRS front airbag system has a
service reminder indicator to inform the
driver of operating problems. If either of
the following conditions occurs, this
indicates a malfunction of the airbags.
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D The light comes on while driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:

D The SRS front airbags have been inflated.

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS front airbags to inflate.

D The pad section of the steering wheel
or
front passenger
airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags work with the seat belts to help
reduce injury by inflating. The SRS side
airbags help to reduce injuries mainly to
the driver’s or front passenger’s chest and
the SRS curtain shield airbags help to
reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s, front
passenger’s or rear outside passenger’s
head. The SRS side airbag and curtain
shield airbag on the passenger side are
activated even with no passenger in the
front seat or rear seat.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) side airbags and curtain shield airbags are designed to provide further
protection for the driver, front passenger and rear outside passengers in
addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.

The curtain shield airbags may activate
even when the side airbags are not activated.

CAUTION
SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags
inflate with considerable
force. To avoid potential death or serious injury when they inflate, the
driver, front passenger and rear outside passengers must:

D Wear their seat belts properly.
D Remain properly seated with their

back upright and against the seat at
all times.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash
sensing and diagnostic module, which will
record the use of the seat belt restraint
system by the driver when the SRS side
airbags and curtain shield airbags are inflated.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Collision from the rear

Collision from the front
Vehicle rollover

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner
assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 105 in Section 1−5.)

The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system may not inflate if the
vehicle is subjected to a collision from
the side at certain angles, or a collision
to the side of the vehicle body other
than the passenger compartment as
shown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags are not designed to inflate if
the vehicle is involved in a front or
rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is
involved in a low−speed side collision.

The SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags are designed to inflate when the
passenger compartment area suffers a severe impact from the side.
Always wear your seat belts properly.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system is controlled by the airbag
sensor assembly. The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and
airbag sensor.

The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system mainly consists of the following components, and their locations are
shown in the illustration.
1. SRS warning light
2. Curtain shield airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
3. Side airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
4. Curtain shield airbag sensors
5. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors
6. Airbag sensor assembly

In a severe side impact, the side and
curtain shield airbag sensor and/or the
curtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) the
side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflators and/or the curtain shield airbag inflators. At this time a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with
non−toxic gas to help restrain the lateral
motion of the occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This gas is normally harmless; however, for those who
have delicate skin, it may cause a minor
skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any
residue as soon as possible to prevent
any potential skin irritation.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.

Front seats as well as parts of the front
and rear pillars, and roof side may be hot
for several minutes, but the airbags themselves will not be hot. The airbags are
designed to inflate only once.

CAUTION

D The SRS side airbag and curtain

shield airbag system is designed
only as a supplement to the primary protection of the driver side, and
front and rear outside passenger
side seat belt systems. To ensure
maximum protection in an accident,
the driver and all passengers in the
vehicle must wear their seat belts.
Wearing a seat belt during an accident reduces the chances of death
or serious injury or being thrown
out of the vehicle. For instructions
and precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” on
page 45 in this section.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Improperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by a deploying
airbag. An infant or child who is
too small to use a seat belt should
be properly secured using a child
restraint system. Toyota strongly
recommends that all infants and
children be placed in the rear seat
of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the safest
for infants and children. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” on page 69 in this
section.

D Do not allow a child to lean his/her

head or any part of his/her body
against the front door or the area
of the seat, front pillar, rear pillar
or roof side from which the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag
deploy even if he/she is seated in
the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the
impact could cause death or serious injury to the child. For instructions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” on page 69 in this section.

D Do not lean against the door when

the vehicle is in use, since the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, you may be killed
or seriously injured. Special care
should be taken especially when
you have a small child in the vehicle.

D Sit up straight and well back in the

seat, distributing your weight evenly
in the seat. Do not apply excessive
weight to the outer side of the front
seats with a side airbag, and to the
front pillar, rear pillar and roof side
rail with a curtain shield airbag.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Do not get your head closer to the

area where the side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, since
these airbags inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously injured. Special care should be taken
especially when you have a small
child in the vehicle.

D Do not allow a child to kneel on the
passenger seat facing the passenger’s side door, since the side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate
with considerable speed and force.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured.

D Do not attach a cup holder or any
other device or object on or around
the door. When the side airbag inflates, the cup holder or any other
device or object will be thrown with
great force or the side airbag may
not activate correctly, resulting in
death or serious injury. Likewise,
the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Do not hook a hanger, heavy or

sharp pointed objects on the coat
hook. If the curtain shield airbag
inflates, those items will be thrown
away with great force or the curtain
shield airbag may not activate correctly. When you hang clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly.

D Do not use seat accessories which

D Do not attach a microphone or any

other device or object around the
part where the curtain shield airbag
activates such as on the windshield
glass, side door glass, front and
rear pillars, roof side and assist
grips. When the curtain shield airbag inflates, the microphone or other device or object will be thrown
with great force or the curtain
shield airbag may not activate correctly, resulting in death or serious
injury.

cover the parts where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.

D Do not modify or replace the seats

or upholstery of front seats with
side airbags. Such changes may
disable the system or cause the
side airbags to inflate accidentally,
resulting in death or serious injury.

D Do not disassemble or repair the

front pillar, rear pillar and roof side
rail containing the curtain shield
airbags. Such changes may disable
the system or cause the curtain
shield airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repairs and modifications.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system in some cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Modification of the suspension system

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

z Modification of the side structure of
the passenger compartment
z Repairs made on or near the console

This SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system has a service reminder
indicator to inform the driver of operating
problems. If either of the following
conditions
occurs,
this
indicates
a
malfunction of the airbags. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D The light comes on or flashes while
driving.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:

D The SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags have been inflated.

D The portion of the doors (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags to inflate.

Toyota strongly urges the use of child
restraint systems for children small
enough to use them.
The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

D The surface of the seats with the side

If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” on
page 45 for details.

D The portion of the front pillars, rear

CAUTION

airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

pillars and roof side rail garnishes
(padding) containing the curtain shield
airbags inside (shaded in the illustration) is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.

D For effective protection in automo-

bile accidents and sudden stops, a
child must be properly restrained,
using a seat belt or child restraint
system depending on the age and
size of the child. Holding a child in
your arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed
against the windshield, or between
you and the vehicle’s interior.

D Toyota strongly urges use of a

proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front seat. In
the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the airbag
can cause death or serious injury if
a rear−facing child restraint system
is installed on the front seat.

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Child restraint system
D On vehicles with side airbags and

D Make sure that you have complied

with all installation instructions provided
by
the
child
restraint
manufacturer and that the system is
properly secured.

A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must
carefully consult the manufacturer’s instructions which accompany the child
restraint system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufacturer’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer. General directions are also
provided under the following illustrations.
The child restraint system should be
installed on the rear seat. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than
in the front seat.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

D On vehicles with side airbags and

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Types of child restraint
system
D After installing the child restraint

system, make sure it is secured in
place following the manufacturer’s
instructions. If it is not restrained
securely, it may cause death or serious injury to the child in the
event of a sudden stop or accident.

When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it in the trunk or somewhere other than
the passenger compartment. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the
event of a sudden stop or accident.

Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufacturer.
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for securing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to use the anchor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” on
page 81 in this section.

(A) Infant seat

The child restraint lower anchorages approved for your vehicle may also be used.
See “—Installation with the child restraint
lower anchorages” on page 83 in this section.

(B) Convertible seat

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Installation with seat belt

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat is used in rear−facing
position only.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function
D Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. This can cause death or
serious injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.

normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint system until
the seat belt is fixed.

D If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing
against the seat
let the shoulder
it will go to hold
ly.

the infant seat firmly
cushion and seatback,
belt retract as far as
the infant seat secure-

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle−release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward−
facing or rear−facing position depending on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s instructions about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing the child restraint system.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D On vehicles with side airbags and

Move seat
fully back

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

D Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. This can cause death or
serious injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

D If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the
instructions
provided
by
its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.

normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint system until
the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle−release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D On vehicles with side airbags and

Move seat
fully back

CAUTION

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be install
on the front seat only when it is
unavoidable. Always move the seat
as far back as possible, because
the force of the deploying airbag
could cause death or serious injury
to the child.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION

D Always make sure the shoulder belt

is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the
amount of protection in an accident
and cause serious injuries in a collision.

D If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint system until
the seat belt is fixed.

D Both high−positioned lap belts and
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and child following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is
across the child’s shoulder and
lap belt is positioned as low as
on child’s hips. See “Seat belts”
45 for details.

correctly
that the
possible
on page

loose−fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended result. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on a
child’s hips as possible.

D For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Using a top strap
Symbol

Anchor brackets

2. To remove the child restraint system,
press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract.

Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.

Use the anchor bracket on the package
tray behind the rear seat to attach the top
strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seating position.
This symbol indicates the location of the
anchor brackets.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Outside anchor brackets only—
Remove the head restraint.

2. Open the lid of the anchor bracket
to open.

3. Securely fasten the child restraint
system with the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
For instructions to install the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 69 in this section.

CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages

4. Outside anchor brackets only—
Replace the head restraint.

Lower anchorages for the child restraint
systems complying with the FMVSS225
or
CMVSS210.2
specifications
are
installed in the rear seat.
The anchorages are installed in the clearance between the seat cushion and seatback of both outside rear seats.
Child restraint systems complying with the
FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2 specification
can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
case, it is not necessary to fix the child
restraint system with a seat belt on the
vehicle.

Canada only
Type A

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

For owners in Canada
The symbol on a child restraint system
indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION

SYSTEM

Type A—
1. Widen the clearance between the
seat cushion and seatback a little
and confirm the position of the lower anchorages around the tag on the
seat cushion.
2. Latch the hooks of lower straps onto
the anchorages and tighten the lower
straps.
Type B—
1. Widen the clearance between the
seat cushion and seatback a little
and confirm the position of the lower anchorages around the tag on the
seat cushion.
2. Latch the buckles onto the anchorages.
Canada only
Type B

For the installation details, refer to the
instruction manual equipped with each
product.

CAUTION

D When using the lower anchorages
for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages or that
the seat belt is not caught.

D Push and pull the child restraint

system in different directions to be
sure it is secure. Follow all the
installation instructions provided by
its manufacturer.

D Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. This can cause death or
serious injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” on page 81 in this section.)

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Power adjustable pedals
(some models with an
automatic transmission)

Tilt steering wheel
CAUTION

D Do not adjust the steering wheel

while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

D After adjusting the steering wheel,

try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.

To change the steering wheel angle,
hold the steering wheel, push down the
lock release lever, tilt the steering
wheel to the desired angle and return
the lever to its original position.

To adjust the position of the accelerator
and brake pedals, push the switch.
The ignition key must be in the “ON” position with the automatic transmission selector lever in the “P” position.
To move the pedals toward the front of
the vehicle: Push the “Ɲ” side of the
switch.
To move the pedals back toward you:
Push the “Ɯ” side of the switch.
The accelerator and brake pedals will
move simultaneously as long as you hold
the switch.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Outside rear view mirrors—
When you set your driving position:

CAUTION

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

D Do not adjust the mirror while the

2. Move the accelerator and brake pedals
to the front most position.
3. Adjust
wheel
seats”
wheel”

vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the
vehicle and an accident may occur
resulting in death or serious injuries.

the seat position and steering
angle properly. (See “Front
on page 38 and “Tilt steering
on page 85.)

D Since the mirror surfaces can get

4. Move the pedals toward you until you
can fully depress the brake pedal.

hot, do not touch them when the
defogger switch is on.

5. After adjusting, depress the pedals a
few times to get used to the feel.

CAUTION

D Never put your foot on the acceler-

ator pedal while the pedals are
moving. It may cause racing of the
engine or sudden acceleration.

D Make sure that you can fully de-

press the brake pedal before driving. Otherwise, you may not be able
to hold down the brake pedal firmly
in an emergency stop.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the side of your vehicle in the mirror.
Be careful when judging the size or distance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
because it is a convex mirror. Any object
seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
and farther away than when seen in a flat
mirror.

NOTICE
The outside rear view mirrors are
fixed in place. Do not try to fold the
mirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

On some models, when you push the rear
window defogger switch, the heater panels
in the outside rear view mirrors will quickly clear the mirror surface. (See “Rear
window and outside rear view mirror defoggers” on page 99 in Section 1−4.)

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Power rear view mirror
control

Anti−glare inside rear view
mirror
NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de−icer to free
the mirror.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror P ush the switch in the desired
direction.
Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is
in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Auto anti−glare inside rear
view mirror
In automatic function mode, if the mirror
detects light from the headlights of the
vehicle behind you, the mirror surface
darkens slightly to reduce the reflected
light.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

To turn off the automatic function, push
the “MIRROR” switch.
To turn on the automatic function again,
push the “MIRROR” switch.
Adjust it before driving so that the rear
view is in the best condition.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
This mirror is equipped with auto anti−
glare function. The function is designed
to reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving.
When the ignition key is inserted and
turned on, the inside rear view mirror always turns on in the automatic function
mode.

When the inside air temperature is low, it
may take little longer for the mirror to
darken in response to the detection of
headlights.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

The indicator illuminates to show you that
the function is on.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Vanity mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, swing down
the sun visor and open the cover.
Vanity lights (type B only)—
The lights come on when you open the
cover.
To adjust the brightness of the lights, slide
the switch.

To ensure correct functioning of an
anti−glare mirror sensor located on the
back side of the mirror, do not touch
or cover the sensor with your finger or
a piece of cloth, etc.

Type A

Type B

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 4

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition switch light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers . . . . . . . . . . . .

92
95
96
96
97
97
98
98
99

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Headlights and turn signals
(without automatic light
control system)
Position 2—

Daytime running light (DRL) system

The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when any of the door or trunk lid
is opened and closed with the ignition key
in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. The DRL
system can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.

If you want to turn off the lights immediately, push the “LOCK” button on the wireless remote control transmitter twice. The
lights also can be turned off immediately
by pushing the “LOCK” button on the wireless remote control transmitter with all the
doors locked and the trunk lid closed.
HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights
Position
above

2—Headlights

and

all

the

Automatic light cut off system
Position 1—
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

If any of the door or trunk lid is kept
opened, the lights automatically turn off
after 20 minutes.
To turn on the lights again, turn the ignition key to the “ON” position or actuate
the headlight switch. If you are going to
park for over one week, make sure the
headlight switch is in the “DRL” or “DRL
OFF” position.

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.

The DRL system will make your headlights
come on at a reduced brightness when:

D The light switch is in the “DRL” position.

D The ignition is on with the engine running.

D The parking brake is released.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
the headlights to full intensity for night
driving.
To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob
to the position 3 (“DRL OFF”) or turn the
ignition switch off.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Headlights and turn signals
(with automatic light control
system)

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.

TURN SIGNALS

HEADLIGHTS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.

To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the

beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “DRL” or “DRL
OFF”.

The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light
bulbs” on page 279 in Section 7−3.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights
Position
above

2—Headlights

and

all

the

Position 3 (“AUTO”)—Headlights and/or all
of the lights in the position 1
They automatically turn on or off depending on the darkness of the surroundings.
Manually twist the knob to the position 2
to turn on the headlights if they are needed immediately when entering a dark tunnel, parking structure, etc.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Position 2 or position 3 with the headlights on—
The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when any of the door or trunk lid
is opened and closed with the ignition key
in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
If you want to turn off the lights immediately, push the “LOCK” button on the wireless remote control transmitter twice. The
lights also can be turned off immediately
by pushing the “LOCK” button on the wireless remote control transmitter with all the
doors locked and the trunk lid closed.
The automatic light control sensor is on
the top of the driver’s side instrument
panel.

If any of the door or trunk lid is kept
opened, the lights automatically turn off
after 20 minutes.

Do not place anything on the instrument
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the
windshield to block this sensor.

To turn on the lights again, turn the ignition key to the “ON” position or actuate
the headlight switch. If you are going to
park for over one week, make sure the
headlight switch is off.

Automatic light cut off system
Position 1 or position 3 with the tail
lights on—
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Daytime running light (DRL) system
Daytime Running Light (DRL) system can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. The DRL
system can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make your headlights
come on at a reduced brightness when:

D The ignition is on with the engine running.

D The headlight switch is off.
D The parking brake is released.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
the headlights to full intensity for night
driving.

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Emergency flashers

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.

TURN SIGNALS

The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the

beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.

To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light
bulbs” on page 279 in Section 7−3.

To turn on the
push the switch.

emergency

flashers,

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as possible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operating.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Instrument panel light control

Front fog lights

To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights, turn the dial.

To turn on the front fog lights, twist
the band of the headlight and turn signal switch lever. They will come on
only when the headlights are on low
beam.

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Interior light

Ignition switch light
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
When the switch is in the “DOOR” position and any door is opened, the light will
come on. After all the doors are closed,
the light remains on for about 15 seconds
before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
go off immediately.

D All the doors are closed when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

D The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”,
To turn on the interior light, slide the
switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any
door is opened. The light goes off when
all the doors are closed.

“ON” or “START” after all the side
doors are closed.

D All the doors are closed and locked.
When all the doors are unlocked using
either the key or the wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the interior
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 20 minutes or more.

For easy access to the ignition switch,
the ignition switch light comes on when
any of the doors are opened.
The light remains on for about 15 seconds
after all the doors are closed.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes off immediately.

D All the doors are closed when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

D The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”,

“ON” or “START” after all the side
doors are closed.

D All the doors are closed and locked.
97

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Personal lights

Windshield wipers and washer

To turn on the front personal lights,
push the lenses. To turn the lights off,
push the lenses once again.

To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.

When all the doors are unlocked using
either the key or the wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the ignition
switch light will come on and remain on
for about 15 seconds before fading out.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened for 20 minutes or more.

The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position

Speed setting

Position 1

Intermittent

Position 2

Slow

Position 3

Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,
push the lever up and release it.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Rear window and outside rear
view mirror defoggers
With interval adjuster: The “INT TIME”
band lets you adjust the wiping time interval when the wiper lever is in the intermittent position (position 1). Twist the band
upward to increase the time between
sweeps, and downward to decrease it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you.
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 279 in
Section 7−3.

When waxing your vehicle, make sure that
the washer nozzles do not become
blocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,
contact your Toyota dealer to have the
vehicle serviced.

NOTICE
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.

With manual air conditioning controls

In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.

NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.

With automatic air conditioning controls

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

To defog or defrost the rear window,
push the switch.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The thin heater wires on the inside of the
rear window will quickly clear the surfaces. An indicator light will illuminate to
indicate the defogger is operating.
On some models, heater panels in the
outside rear view mirrors will also quickly
clear the surfaces.

If the outside rear view mirrors are heavily coated with ice, use a spray de−icer
before operating the switch.

NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connectors.

Push the switch once again to turn the
defogger off.
The system will automatically shut off after the defogger has operated about 15
minutes.

CAUTION
Since the mirror surfaces can get hot
do not touch them when the defogger
switch is on.
Make sure you turn the defoggers off
when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the
defoggers on for a long time could cause
the battery to discharge, especially during
stop−and−go driving. The defoggers are
not designed for drying rain water or for
melting snow.

100

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 5

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer and two trip meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

102
102
103
103
105

101

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Engine coolant temperature
gauge

Fuel gauge
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
The gauge indicates the approximate
quantity of the fuel remaining in the
tank when the ignition switch is on.
Nearly full—Needle at “F”
Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
The gauge remains on for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is off.
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
If the needle moves into the red zone,
your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:

D Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
D Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.

102

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Tachometer

Odometer and two trip meters

The tachometer indicates engine speed
in
thousands
of
rpm ( revolutions
per minute). Use it while driving to select correct shift points and to prevent
engine lugging and over−revving.

This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters when the ignition
switch is on.

D Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

D Towing a trailer.
NOTICE
z Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to control the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
z Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” on page 226 in
Section 4.

Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.

NOTICE
Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.

1. Odometer—Shows the total
the vehicle has been driven.

distance

2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the electrical power source is disconnected.

103

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the knob. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, display the meter A reading, then push
and hold the knob until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.
This display remains on for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is off.

104

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers
If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(a)

(b)

Do this.
If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

Fasten driver’s seat belt.
(indicator and buzzer)

(c)

Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d)

Stop and check.

(e)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(f)

Stop and check.

(g)

Fill up tank.

105

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(h)

Do this.
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stop
immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i)

Close all doors.

(j)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(k)

Add washer fluid.

(l)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(m)

Key reminder buzzer

Remove key.

106

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(a) Brake System Warning Light
This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

D When the parking brake is applied...
Vehicles with anti−lock brake system—
This light comes on for a few seconds
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position even after the parking brake
is released.

D When the brake fluid level is low...
CAUTION
It is dangerous to continue driving
normally when the brake fluid level is
low.
Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following cases:

D The light does not come on even if the
parking brake is applied when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

Vehicles with anti−lock brake system—

D The light does not come on even if the
ignition key is turned on with the parking brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
and Buzzer
This light and buzzer remind
buckle up the driver’s seat belt.

CAUTION
If either of the following conditions
occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.

D The light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may not
work properly and your stopping
distance will become longer. Depress the brake pedal firmly and
bring the vehicle to an immediate
stop.

you

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the reminder light flashes and buzzer
sounds if the driver’s seat belt is not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the belt,
the light keeps flashing and the buzzer
stops after about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Front Passenger’s
minder Light

Seat

Belt

Re-

This light reminds you to buckle up the
front passenger’s seat belt.

D The brake system warning light re-

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the reminder light flashes if a passenger
sits in the front passenger seat and does
not fasten the seat belt. However, if a
front passenger uses an additional seat
cushion, the light may not flash even
when the seat belt is not buckled up.

In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.

If luggage or other load is placed on the
front outside passenger seat, depending
on its weight and how it is placed on the
seat, built−in sensors in the seat cushion
may detect the pressure, causing the reminder light to come on.

Vehicles
tem—

with

anti−lock

brake

sys-

mains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.

107

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(d) Discharge Warning Light

D Loose fuel tank cap

This light warns that the battery is being
discharged.

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
tighten it.

If it comes on while you are driving, there
is a problem somewhere in the charging
system.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips.

The engine ignition will continue to operate, however, until the battery is discharged. Turn off the air conditioning,
blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to
the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

If the lamp will not go off even after the
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.

NOTICE

D There is a problem somewhere in the

Do not continue driving if the engine
drive belt is broken or loose.
(e) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position and
goes off after the engine starts. This
means that the warning light system is
operating properly.
If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
comes on while driving, first check the
followings.

D Empty fuel tank
If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immediately.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel
tank cap is not loose...
engine, emission control system, electronic throttle control system, automatic
transmission electrical system or warning light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
If the engine speed does not increase with
the accelerator pedal depressed down,
there may be a problem somewhere in
your electronic throttle control system.
At this time, vibration may occur. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.

CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erroneous pedal operation.
Emissions inspection and maintenance
(I/M) programs
Your vehicle may not pass a state
emission inspection if the malfunction
indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s
emission
control
system
and
OBD
(On−Board Diagnostics) system before
taking your vehicle for the inspection.
For details, see “Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs” on page 254
in Section 6.

108

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(f) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This light warns that the engine oil pressure is too low.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.

If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.

On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.

The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.

Vehicles without vehicle skid control system—

The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on with the ignition key
turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the parts monitored by
the warning light. Contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible to service
the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.

D The light comes on while you are driving.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.

109

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Vehicles with vehicle skid control system—
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
of the systems malfunctions, the light
comes on again.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.

D The light comes on while you are driv-

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system, the brake assist
system, traction control system and the
vehicle skid control system do not operate, but the brake system still operates
conventionally.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden brake or braking on slippery
road surfaces.

If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.

ing.

CAUTION

In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.

(i) Open Door Warning Light
This light remains on until all the doors
are completely closed.
(j) SRS Warning Light
This light will come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
After about 6 seconds, the light will go
off. This means the systems of the airbag and front seat belt pretensioner are
operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front seat belt pretensioner
assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on.

D The light comes on or flashes while
driving.

110

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(k) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light
The light warns that the windshield washer
fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at
your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 279 in
Section 7−3.)
(l) “VSC” Warning Light
The light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the vehicle skid control system or traction control system.
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
If the light comes on, the vehicle skid
control system and traction control system
do not work. However, as conventional
braking operates when applied, there is no
problem to continue your driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

D The light does not come on after the
ignition is turned to on.

D The light is left on after the ignition is

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on when the “VSC” warning light comes
on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not
pushed.

CHECKING
SERVICE
REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light and low windshield
washer fluid level warning light)

(m) Key Reminder Buzzer

1. Apply the parking brake.

This buzzer reminds you to remove the
key when you open the driver’s door with
the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”
position.

2. Open one of the doors.
The open door warning light should
come on.
3. Close the door.
The open door warning light should go
off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators except the open door warning light should
come on. The “ABS” and “VSC” warning lights, “TRAC OFF” and slip indicator lights go off after a few seconds.
The SRS warning light goes off after
about 6 seconds.
If any service reminder indicator or warning buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.

turned to on.

D The light comes on while driving.

111

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

112

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 6

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch with steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle skid control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

114
115
123
124
126
128
129

113

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Ignition switch with steering
lock
“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be removed only at this position.
You must push in the key to turn the key
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. On
vehicles with an automatic transmission,
the selector lever must be put in the “P”
position before pushing the key.
Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—
Once you remove the key, the engine immobiliser system is automatically set. (See
“Engine immobiliser system” on page 15
in Section 1−2.)
“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see page 207 in Section
3.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.
If you leave the key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.

When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.

CAUTION
For manual transmission:
Never remove the key when the vehicle is moving, as this will lock the
steering wheel and result in loss of
steering control.

NOTICE
Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked
with the ignition switch is set, all doors
are automatically unlocked when the ignition switch is turned from the “ON” position to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. For
details, see “—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions” on page 19 in Section
1−2.

114

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Automatic transmission
"2AZ−FE engine
Selector lever

Lock release button
To prevent misshifting

Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the lock release button depressed).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while holding the lock
release button in. (The ignition
switch must be in “ON”
position.)

2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking

Shift while holding the lock
release button in.
Overdrive switch
Shift normally.

115

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.

(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with overdrive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the overdrive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the overdrive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will be on automatically.

CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” on page 129 in this
section.

3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all doors are
automatically locked when the shift lever
is moved out of the “P” position with the
ignition switch is in the “ON” position and
all the doors are closed. For details, see
“—Automatic door locking and unlocking
functions” on page 19 in Section 1−2.

1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” on page 208 in
Section 3. The transmission must be in
“P” or “N”.
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.
Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into overdrive
gear even with the overdrive on.

(d) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:

D Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D

OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to third
gear.

116

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 107 km/h (66 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.

D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 53 km/h (32 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.

CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described previously.
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in first gear and automatically
shift to second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE
z Be careful not to over−rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” . . . . . . . . . . . 115 km/h (71 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 km/h (40 mph)

z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.

NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.
(g) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
securely apply the parking brake.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

117

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.

Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all doors are
automatically unlocked when the selector
lever is moved to the “P” position with the
ignition switch is in the “ON” position. For
details, see “—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions” on page 19 in Section
1−2.
(h) Good driving practice

NOTICE
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator pedal, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.

D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up

(i) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-

If you cannot shift the selector lever from
“P” position even though the brake pedal
is depressed, use the shift lock override
button. For instructions, see “If you cannot
shift automatic transmission selector lever”
on page 241 in Section 4.

and down between third gear and overdrive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately afterward.
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.

118

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"1MZ−FE engine
Selector lever

Lock release button
To prevent misshifting

With the brake pedal
depressed, shift while holding
the lock release button in.
(The ignition switch must be
in “ON” position.)

3, 2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking

Shift while holding the lock
release button in.
Overdrive switch
Shift normally.

119

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either fourth gear (with
overdrive off) or fifth gear (with overdrive
on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the overdrive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the overdrive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will be on automatically.

CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” on page 129 in this
section.

3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.

(d) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:

D Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D

OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to fourth
gear.

120

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D Shift into the “3” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to third gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 136 km/h (85 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.

D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 88 km/h (55 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.

D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 38 km/h (24 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.

NOTICE

CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
(e) Using “3”, “2” and “L” positions
The “3”, “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described previously.
With the selector lever in “3”, “2” or “L”,
you can start the vehicle in motion as
with the lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “3” or “2”, the
vehicle will start in first gear and automatically shift to third gear or second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.

z Be careful not to over−rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“3” . . . . . . . . . . . 140 km/h (87 mph)
“2” . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 km/h (55 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 km/h (30 mph)
z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“3”, “2” or “L” position. This may
cause severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To
prevent such damage, “D” position
should be used in hill climbing or
hard towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.

NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.

121

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(g) Parking

(h) Good driving practice

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up

2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
securely apply the parking brake.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
If the automatic unlocking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all doors are
automatically unlocked when the selector
lever is moved to the “P” position with the
ignition switch is in the “ON” position. For
details, see “—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions” on page 19 in Section
1−2.

and down between fourth gear and overdrive when climbing a gentle slope,
the overdrive should be turned off. Be
sure to turn the switch on immediately
afterward.

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-

(i) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
“P” position even though the brake pedal
is depressed, use the shift lock override
button. For instructions, see “If you cannot
shift automatic transmission selector lever”
on page 241 in Section 4.

tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.

CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.

122

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Manual transmission
For the best compromise between fuel
economy and vehicle performance, you
should upshift or downshift at the following
speeds:
1
2
3
4

to
to
to
to

gear
2 or 2
3 or 3
4 or 4
5 or 5

to
to
to
to

1
2
3
4

km/h
24
40
64
72

(mph)
(15)
(25)
(40)
(45)

Downshift to the appropriate gear if acceleration is needed when you are cruising
below the above downshifting speeds.
The shift pattern is conventional as
shown above.
Press the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, and then release it slowly. Do not
rest your foot on the pedal while driving,
because it will cause clutch trouble. And
do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle
when stopped on an uphill grade—use the
parking brake.
Recommended shifting speeds
The transmission is fully synchronized and
upshifting or downshifting is easy.

Upshifting too soon or downshifting too
late will cause lugging, and possibly pinging. Regularly revving the engine to maximum speed in each gear will cause excessive engine wear and high fuel
consumption.
Maximum allowable speeds
To get on a highway or to pass slower
traffic, maximum acceleration may be necessary. Make sure you observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each
gear:
gear
1
2
3
4

km/h
52
89
137
189

(mph)
(32)
(55)
(85)
(117)

NOTICE
Do not downshift if you are going
faster than the maximum allowable
speed for the next lower gear.
Good driving practice

D If it is difficult to shift into reverse, put

the transmission in neutral, release the
clutch pedal momentarily, and then try
again.

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-

tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use fifth gear.

CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.

NOTICE
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into reverse.

123

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Traction control system
When the traction control system is operating, the following conditions occur:

The traction control system automatically helps prevent the spinning of front
wheels when the vehicle is started or
accelerated on slippery road surfaces.

D The system controls the spinning of the
front wheels. At this time, the slip indicator light blinks.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the system automatically turns on.

D You may feel vibration or noise in your

vehicle, caused by operation of the
brakes. This indicates the system is
functioning properly.

CAUTION
Under certain slippery road conditions, full traction of the vehicle and
power against front wheels cannot be
maintained, even though the traction
control system is in operation. Do not
drive the vehicle under any speed or
maneuvering conditions which may
cause the vehicle to lose traction
control. In situations where the road
surface is covered with ice or snow,
your vehicle should be fitted with
snow tires or tire chains. Always
drive at an appropriate and cautious
speed for the present road conditions.

NORMAL DRIVING MODE

The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

Leave the system on during the ordinary driving so that it can operate
when needed.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the traction control system is in the self−check
mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

124

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on for
a few seconds when the ignition key is
turned to “ON”. It will come on again
when you push the “TRAC OFF” switch to
turn off the system.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

D The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition key is turned “ON”.

D The indicator light remains on after the
ignition is turned on.

D The indicator light comes on with the
TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

normal driving mode while driving.

“VSC” warning light

When getting the vehicle out of mud or
new fallen snow, etc., turn off the traction control system. This system that
controls engine performance interferes
with the process of freeing front
wheels.

This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the traction control system
or the vehicle skid control system.

To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.

If the light comes on while driving, the
system does not work. However, as conventional braking operates when applied,
there is no problem to continue your driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on.
The vehicle skid control system is always
activated, even if the traction control system is turned off.

The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
a few seconds.

To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switch
once again.
The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

125

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Vehicle skid control system
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

D The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light comes on while driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on when the “VSC” warning light comes
on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not
pushed.

The vehicle skid control system helps
provide integrated control of the systems such as anti−lock brake system,
traction control, engine control, etc.
This system automatically controls the
brakes and engine to help prevent the
vehicle from skidding when cornering
on a slippery road surface or operating
steering wheel abruptly.
This system will activate when your vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h
(9 mph), and will deactivate when the vehicle speed reduced to below 15 km/h (9
mph).
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the system is in the self−check mode, but does
not indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

D Do not rely excessively on the ve-

hicle skid control system. Even if
the vehicle skid control system is
operating, you must always drive
carefully and attentively to avoid
serious injury. Reckless driving will
result in an unexpected accident. If
the slip indicator light flashes, an
alarm sounds, and special care
should be taken while driving.

D Only use tires of specified size. The

size, manufacture, brand and tread
pattern for all 4 tires should be the
same. If you use the tires other
than specified, or different type or
size, the vehicle skid control system may not function correctly.
When replacing the tires or wheels,
contact your Toyota dealer. (See
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 270 in Section 7−2.)

D In situations where the road surface

is covered with ice or snow, your
vehicle should be fitted with snow
tires or tire chains.

126

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

D The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light comes on while driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on when the “VSC” warning light comes
on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not
pushed.
If the vehicle is going to skid during driving, the slip indicator light blinks and an
alarm sounds intermittently. Special care
should be taken while driving.

“VSC” warning light

The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
a few seconds.

This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the vehicle skid control system or the traction control system.

If the light comes on while driving, the
system does not work. However, as conventional braking operates when applied,
there is no problem to continue your driving.

127

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Parking brake
When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
Lever type—
To set: Pull up the lever. For better holding power, first depress the brake pedal
and hold it while setting the parking
brake.
To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),
press the lock release button (2), and lower (3).
Pedal type—
Lever type (type A)

Pedal type (type A)

To set: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal. For better holding power, first depress the brake pedal and hold it while
setting the parking brake.
To release: Depress the parking brake
pedal while depressing the brake pedal.
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.

CAUTION
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.
Lever type (type B)

Pedal type (type B)

128

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Cruise control
The cruise control allows you to cruise
the vehicle at a desired speed over 40
km/h (25 mph) even with your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
Your cruising speed can be maintained up
or down grades within the limits of engine
performance, although a slight speed
change may occur when driving up or
down the grades. On steeper hills, a
greater speed change will occur so it is
better to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

D To help maintain maximum control

of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or
winding roads.

D Avoid vehicle speed increases when

driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

To operate the cruise control, press the
“CRUISE ON−OFF” button. This turns the
system on. The indicator light in the
instrument panel shows that you can now
set the vehicle at a desired cruising
speed. Another press will turn the system
completely off.

On vehicles with automatic transmission,
the transmission must be in “D” before
you set the cruise control speed.

CAUTION
To avoid accidental cruise control engagement, keep the “CRUISE ON−
OFF” switch off when not using the
cruise control.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”
direction and release it. This sets the vehicle at that speed. If the speed is not
satisfactory, tap the lever up for a faster
speed, or tap it down for a slower speed.
Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6
km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.

129

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.

CAUTION
For manual transmission:
While driving with the cruise control
on, do not shift to neutral without
depressing the clutch pedal, as this
may cause engine racing or overrevving.
CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED
You can cancel the preset speed by:
a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” direction and releasing it.
b. Depressing the brake pedal.
c. Depressing the clutch pedal (manual
transmission).
If the vehicle speed falls below about 40
km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will automatically cancel out.
If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the preset speed, the preset
speed will also automatically cancel out.

If the preset speed automatically cancels
out other than for the above cases, have
your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the earliest opportunity.
RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direction and hold it. Release the lever when
the desired speed is attained. While the
lever is held up, the vehicle will gradually
gain speed.
However, a faster way to reset is to accelerate the vehicle and then push the
lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.
RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED
Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”
direction and hold it. Release the lever
when the desired speed is attained. While
the lever is held down, the vehicle speed
will gradually decrease.
However, a faster way to reset is to depress the brake pedal and then push the
lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

On vehicles with automatic transmission,
even if you turn off the overdrive switch,
with the cruise control on, engine braking
will not be applied because the cruise
control is not cancelled. To decrease the
vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed
with the cruise control lever or depress
the brake pedal. If you use the brake
pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED
If the preset speed is cancelled by pulling
the control lever or by depressing the
brake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing the
lever up in the “RES/ACC” direction will
restore the speed set prior to cancellation.
However, once the vehicle speed falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset
speed will not be resumed.
CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
If the “CRUISE” indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes when using the
cruise control, press the “CRUISE ON−
OFF” button to turn the system off and
then press it again to turn it on.
If any of the following conditions then occurs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.

130

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D The indicator light does not come on.
D The indicator light flashes again.
D The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.

131

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

132

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 7

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Car audio system
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Using your audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Car audio system operating hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

For vehicle equipped with Navigation system, please refer to the
separate “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

133

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Using your audio system—
—Some basics

Reference

This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your system.
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD”
to turn on that function without pushing
“PWR·VOL”.
Type 1: AM·FM radio/cassette player/compact disc player

Type 2: AM·FM radio/cassette player/compact disc player with changer

You can turn on each player by inserting
a cassette tape or compact disc.
You can turn off each player by ejecting
the cassette tape or compact disc. If the
audio system was previously off, then the
entire audio system will be turned off
when you eject the cassette tape or compact disc. If the another function was previously playing, it will come on again.
SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD”
if the system is already on but you want
to switch from one function to another.

134

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

TONE AND BALANCE

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

For details about your system’s tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.

Your vehicle has an antenna printed on
the inside of the rear window.

When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. (The player will
automatically eject a disc if the label side
is down.) The compact disc player will
play from track 1 through the end of the
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

Tone
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange (type 2 and on some
models of type 1), and bass levels. In
fact, different kinds of music and vocal
programs usually sound better with different mixes of treble, midrange, and bass.
Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.
Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the volume of one group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.

NOTICE
Attaching the film (especially conductive or metallic type) on the rear
glass will noticeably reduce the sensitivity of the radio.
YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
When you insert a cassette, the exposed
tape should face to the right.

NOTICE
Do not oil any part of the player and
do not insert anything other than cassette tapes into the slot, or the tape
player may be damaged.

NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.
8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles
Your compact disc player does not need
an adaptor to play compact disc singles.
Compact disc singles are about 8 cm (3
in.) in diameter−smaller than standard
discs.
After you eject a compact disc single, do
not insert a standard 12 cm (4.7 in.) disc
until “DISC” disappears from the display.

NOTICE
Do not use an adaptor for compact
disc singles—it could cause tracking
errors or interfere with the ejection of
compact discs.

135

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITH
CHANGER (type 2)
When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”
button and gently push the disc in with
the label side up. (The player will automatically eject a disc if the label side is
down.) The compact disc player will play
from track 1 through the end of the disc.
Then it will play from track 1 of the next
disc.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE
z Do not stack up two discs for insertion, or it will cause damage to
the compact disc player. Insert only
one compact disc into slot at a
time.
z Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.

136

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Controls and features
"Type 1
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

137

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The button number will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” or “FM1·2”.)
(Eject button)
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette. Push the compact disc
eject button to eject a compact disc.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a cassette or disc but
you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“ ” indicates
top side, “

” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)
Cassette player
Push the fast forward button to fast forward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on
the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forwarding, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cassette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards completely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto−reverse feature.

Compact disc player
If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
CD (Compact disc player)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cassette operation to compact disc player operation. If the audio system is off, you
can turn on the compact disc player by
pushing “CD”. In both cases, a disc must
already be loaded in the player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track currently being played.
If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display one of the four following
error messages.

138

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Error codes

FM1·2

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot due to temperature. Allow
the player to cool down.

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and
select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will
appear on the display. This system allows
you to set twelve FM stations, two for
each button.

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.

“Err 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged
or inserted incorrectly (up−side down).
Clean disc and re−insert.
“Err 3”: There is trouble inside the system. Eject the disc. Set the disc again.
“Err 4”: Over−current. Ask your Toyota
dealer to inspect.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Dolbyr

B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction,
” will appear on the
push “ ”. “
display. Push the button again to turn off
Dolbyr B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduction, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
∗ : Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,
push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or
compact disc operation to radio operation.
MODE (manual tone and sound balance
adjustment function)
Each time you push the “MODE” knob, the
mode changes. To adjust the tone and
balance, turn the knob.
BASS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
MID (on some models): Adjusts mid−
pitched tones. The display ranges from −5
to 5.
TREBLE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The
display ranges from −5 to 5.
BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance between the right and left speakers. The
display ranges from L7 to R7.

RAND (Random)
Push “RAND” to listen the tracks on the
” will apdisc in random order. “
pear on the display. The disc you are
listening to will play in random order. To
turn off the random feature, push this button again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette player
” while the track is playing.
Push “
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.

FADER: Adjusts the sound balance between the front and rear speakers. The
display ranges from F7 to R7.

139

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Compact disc player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically be
replayed. This process will be continued
until you push the button again to turn off
the repeat feature.

Push “SCAN” to scan the tracks on a
specific disc. “SCAN” will appear on the
display and the player will scan all the
tracks on the disc you are listening to. To
select a track, push “SCAN” again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.

SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset stations. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.

When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two before the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.

Radio

If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.

In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.

The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.

To seek a station, quickly push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” under the “SEEK”.
Do this again to find another station.

D After the beginning of the tape is

Cassette player

D After the end of the tape is reached,

SEEK (Seeking)

By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the
display.
Next, push either side of
until the number on the
the number of tracks you
you push the button ten
feature will be turned off.

the track button
display reaches
want to skip. If
times, the skip

reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.
the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.

140

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

ST (Stereo reception) display

TUNE (Tuning)

Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

Push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of
“TUNE” to step up or down the station
band. Do this again to find another frequency.

TAPE

If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side
of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for frequencies and will stop
at the next frequency that it finds after the
button is released. Press the button again
to resume the search.

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or compact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.

141

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"Type 2
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

142

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

Compact disc

These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.

This button is used to eject one or all
compact discs. To eject the current compact disc, push and release the compact
disc eject button. To eject all specific
discs, push either side of the “DISC” button until the number of the disc you want
to eject is displayed. Push and release
the eject button. To eject all discs, press
and hold the eject button until you hear
a beep. The last compact disc played before pushing the button will be ejected
first. If the ejected disc is not removed for
a long time, the eject function will be
cancelled.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” knob or
“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.
RDS stations will be preset to the buttons
when you turn on the RDS. (See “RDS”
button.)
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency
will appear on the display.
This radio can store one AM, two FM and
RDS stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1”, “FM2” or “FM
TYPE” when you push “AM” or “FM”.)
(Eject button)
Cassette tape
This button is used to eject a cassette.
While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you can
eject a cassette but you cannot reinsert
it.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you can
eject one or all discs but you cannot reinsert them.
(Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“ ” indicates
top side, “

” indicates bottom side).

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)
Cassette player
Push the fast−forward button to fast−forward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on
the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast−forwarding, push the fast−forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape rewinds completely, the cassette
player will stop and then play that same
side. If a tape fast−forwards completely,
the cassette will play the other side of the
tape using the auto−reverse feature.
Compact disc player with changer
If you want to fast−forward or reverse a
compact disc track, push and hold the
fast−forward or reverse button. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.

143

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to AM.

When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played.

MODE (manual tone and sound balance
adjustment function)

If the player or another unit equipped with
the player malfunctions, your audio system
will display one of the six following error
messages.

Each time you push the MODE knob, the
mode changes. To adjust the tone and
balance, turn the knob.
BASS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
TREBLE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The
display ranges from −5 to 5.
BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance between the right and left speakers. The
display ranges from L7 to R7.
FADER: Adjusts the sound balance between the front and rear speakers. The
display ranges from F7 to R7.
CD (Compact disc)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cassette operation to compact disc player operation. If the audio system is off, you
can turn on the compact disc player by
pushing “CD”. In both cases, a disc must
already be loaded in the player.

Error codes
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot due to temperature. Allow
the player to cool down.
“Err 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged
or inserted incorrectly (up−side down).
Clean disc and re−insert.

DISC ƝƜ
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen
appears on the display.
Dolbyr

B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction,
” will appear on the
push “ ”. “
display. Push the button again to turn off
Dolbyr B NR.

“Err 2”: The compact disc changer is
empty. Insert a disc.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduction, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.

“Err 3”: There is trouble inside the system. Eject the disc or magazine. Set the
disc or magazine again.

: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.

“Err 4”: Over−current. Ask your Toyota
dealer to inspect.
“OPEn”: The compact disc player lid of
another unit is open. Close the compact
disc player lid.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

∗

FM
Push “FM” to turn on the radio to FM
band. “FM1”, “FM2” or “FM TYPE” will
appear on the display. This system allows
you to set twelve FM stations, two for
each of the six preset button. If the RDS
is off or RDS stations are not preset to
the preset buttons, “FM TYPE” will not
appear on the display.

144

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push
“FM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to FM.
LOAD
This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc player which is
integrated with the radio and cassette
player. This compact disc player can store
up to 6 discs.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the load function.
Loading one compact disc only—
To load one compact disc only, quickly
push and release the button. If you hold
the button too long (if the audio system
is on at this time, you hear a beep), the
mechanism will change to the mode for
loading multiple compact discs. After
pushing the button, insert a compact disc.
After the disc is loaded, the shutter of the
slot will close.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.

Loading multiple compact discs—
To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold (until you hear a beep when the audio system is on). After pushing the button, insert the first compact disc. After the
disc is loaded, the shutter of the slot will
close. After a few seconds, the shutter
will automatically open again so the next
disc can be inserted. The same process
can be applied for loading the rest of the
discs.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
MSG (Message)
This button is operational only in RDS
mode.
When an RDS radio station transmits a
text message, “MSG” will be displayed. At
this time, push “MSG” button to view the
text message. The message display will
be canceled if any button that affects the
display is pushed. To view the message
again, push the “MSG” button again. After
the entire message has been displayed,
the message will disappear.
The RDS audio system has memory to
store three 64−character messages. To
store a message in memory, push and
hold the “MSG” button until you hear a
beep.

If 3 messages are already stored in
memory, the oldest message will be overwritten by the new message.
To recall a radio text message, push the
“MSG” button momentarily. This will display the most recent message. A second
push of the “MSG” button while the most
stored message(s) are displayed begins
with the newest one.
If no messages have been stored, or if
there are no more messages to be recalled, “NO MSG STORED” will appear on
the display, and the message display will
be canceled. The display then returns to
show the program service name. The
message display will be canceled if you
activate any function that affects the display.
Message display can be canceled by
pressing any of the following buttons:
“AM”, “FM”, “CD”, “TAPE”, “SEEK”, any
preset, “SCAN”, any audio control, “RDS”,
or “TYPE”. If the current station is not a
traffic program and traffic announcements
is off, pushing “TRAF” will cancel the display. The message will be canceled after
the entire message has been displayed.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.

145

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

RDS (Radio Data System)

RAND (Random)

Your audio system is equipped with Radio
Data Systems (RDS). RDS station providing good reception is automatically selected if current reception worsens.

There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the compact discs in the magazine in random order, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.

To turn on the RDS, push and hold this
button until you hear a beep, the RDS
turns on and “RDS” will appear on the
display. At this time, the radio starts to
search the RDS stations and “RDS
SEARCH” will flash on the display.
Quickly push and release this button when
the RDS turns on, the radio starts to
search the RDS stations and “RDS
SEARCH” will appear on the display.
When the RDS stations are found,
“FOUND” and the number of the RDS stations will appear on the display, and you
will hear two beeps. The stations will be
preset to the preset buttons.
If the RDS stations can not be found,
“NOTHING” will appear on the display and
you will hear a beep, and the display
returns to previous mode.
To turn the RDS off, push the button until
you hear a beep again.
If the FM radio, cassette player or compact disc player is on, pushing this button
will turn RDS on or off.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly
push and
release “RAND”.
” will appear on the display. The
“
disc you are listening to will play in random order. If you hear a beep, the player
will play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a
” will appear on the display
beep. “
and the player will perform all the tracks
on all the discs in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature,
push this button again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “RPT” while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically rewind
and replay. To turn off the repeat feature,
push this button again.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.
Compact disc player with changer
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” while the
” will appear on
track is playing. “
the display. If you hear a beep, the player
will repeat the whole disc. When the track
ends, it will automatically replay. To turn
off the repeat feature, push this button
again.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a
” will appear on the display.
beep. “
The player will repeat all the tracks on the
disc you are listening to. When the disc
ends, the player will automatically go back
to the top track of the disc and replay. To
turn off the repeat feature, push this button again.
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.

146

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. The
radio will find the next station up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and
then scan again to the next preset. To
select a station, push “SCAN” again. If
you hear a beep, the radio will scan the
preset stations.
Compact disc player with changer
There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, the
player will scan the first track of all the
discs in the magazine. To select a track,
push “SCAN” again. If the player scanned
all the tracks on the disc, it will stop
scanning.

Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
” will appear on the display and
“
the player will scan the first track of the
next disc. To select a disc, push the
“SCAN” again. If the player has scanned
all the discs, it will stop scanning.
SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of “SEEK”.
Do this again to find the station after that.
Cassette Player
By using this button you can skip up or
down to locate a song or recording.
You can select up to 9 recordings (including current one).
A blank space of at least 3 seconds is
considered to be a start of a recording.
When a beginning of a tape is reached,
the player automatically resumes play.

When the end of the tape is reached, the
player automatically reverses sides and
resumes normal play.
In addition, the feature may not work well
with some spoken word, live, or classical
recordings.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.
TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or compact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
compact disc player with changer
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.

147

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, quickly push the down side of the
button one time.
TRAF (Traffic)
This button turns the traffic announcement
(TA) feature on and off.
By pushing “TRAF” button, “TRAF SEEK”
appears on the display and the radio will
start seeking any traffic program station.
When a traffic program station is found,
“< >” will be displayed () and you
will hear a beep.

When “TA” is received next time, the system compares the volume before “TA” is
received and the memorized TA volume
and automatically selects the louder volume. However, the range of volume
memory is limited: if the volume received
previously is less than the minimum, this
volume will be used.

D
D
D
D
D
D

You can adjust the volume independently
from the memorized TA volume range
while receiving a TA station.

ALERT: If an emergency broadcast is received during reception of anything other
than AM broadcasting, you will hear a
beep and “ALERT” appears on the display.

Traffic announcement can be canceled by
turning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”
button again.

R&B (Rhythm and Blues)
INFORM (Information)
RELIGION
MISC
ALERT (Emergency message)

TUNE (Tuning)

After the traffic announcement program is
over, a beep sounds and the display returns to the previous mode.

Turn the knob clockwise to step up the
frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise
to step down the frequency.

If no traffic program station is found, “NO
TRAF INFO” appears on the display for a
few seconds and the display returns to
the previous mode. However, if the
“TRAF” button is pushed when the cassette player or compact disc player is on,
the radio will start seeking traffic program
stations.

TYPE (Program Types)

TA volume memory function—The volume
level when receiving the traffic announcement is memorized.

CLS/JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)

When you push the “TYPE” button while
receiving an RDS station, the current program type appears on the display.
Each time you push the “TYPE” button,
the program type changes as in the following:

D ROCK
D EASY LIS (Easy listening)

148

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Car audio system operating
hints
NOTICE
To ensure correct audio system operations:
z Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio system.
z Do not put anything other than a
cassette tape or Compact Disc into
the slot.
z The use of a cellular phone inside
or near the vehicle may cause a
noise from the speakers of the audio system which you are listening
to. However, this does not indicate
a malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. And of course, radio signals
have a limited range. The farther you are
from a station, the weaker its signal will
be. In addition, reception conditions
change constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception problems that probably do not indicate a problem with your radio:
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by distortion.
Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.

AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere—especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected signal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broadcast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electrical motors. This results in static.

Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
AND TAPES

Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weakened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again.

Clean the tape head and other parts regularly.

For the best performance for your cassette player and tapes:

D A dirty tape head or tape path can

decrease sound quality and tangle your
cassette tapes. The easiest way to
clean them is by using a cleaning tape.
(A wet type is recommended.)

149

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Use high−quality cassettes.

D Low−quality cassette tapes can cause

many problems, including poor sound,
inconsistent
playing
speed,
and
constant auto−reversing. They can also
get stuck or tangled in the cassette
player.

CARING FOR YOUR
PLAYER AND DISCS

COMPACT

DISC

D Type 2 only—Your compact disc player

is intended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.)
discs only.

D Extremely high temperatures can keep

damaged or tangled or if its label is
peeling off.

your compact disc player from working.
On hot days, use the air conditioning
to cool the vehicle interior before you
listen to a disc.

D Do not leave a cassette in the player

D Bumpy roads or other vibrations may

D Do not use a cassette if it has been

if you are not listening to it, especially
if it is hot outside.

D Store cassettes in their cases and out
of direct sunlight.

D Avoid using cassettes with a total play-

ing time longer than 100 minutes (50
minutes per side). The tape used in
these cassettes is thin and could get
stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

make your compact disc player skip.

D If moisture gets into your compact disc

player, you may not hear any sound
even though your compact disc player
appears to be working. Remove the
disc from the player and wait until it
dries.

CAUTION
Compact disc players use an invisible
laser beam which could cause hazardous radiation exposure if directed
outside the unit. Be sure to operate
the player correctly.

D Use only compact discs marked as

shown above. The following products
may not be playable on your compact
disc player.

Copy−protected CD
CD−R (CD−Recordable)
CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)
CD−ROM

150

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Correct

Special shaped discs

Labeled discs

Wrong

D Handle compact discs carefully, espeNOTICE

To prevent damage to the player or
changer, do not use special shaped,
low quality or labeled discs such as
those shown in the illustrations.

cially when you are inserting them.
Hold them on the edge and do not
bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints
on them, particularly on the shiny side.

D Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or

other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
disc up to the light.)

D Remove discs from the compact disc

Low quality discs

player when you are not listening to
them. Store them in their plastic cases
away from moisture, heat, and direct
sunlight.

151

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
soft, lint−free cloth that has been dampened with water. Wipe in a straight line
from the center to the edge of the disc
(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventional
record cleaner or anti−static device.

152

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 8

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Manual air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side and rear vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing the air conditioning filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

154
157
157
160
164
164
167
168

153

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Manual air conditioning system—
—Controls
1. Fan speed selector
2. Temperature selector
3. Air flow selector
4. “A/C” button
5. Air intake selector

154

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Fan speed selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to
the right to increase, to the left to decrease.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.

Temperature selector
Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—
to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.
Air flow selector
Turn the knob to select the vents used for
air flow.

This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.

the

If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly
instrument panel vents.

from

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.

For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” described below.

This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.

155

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

“A/C” button
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
1. Recirculate (indicator light is on)—Recirculates the air inside the vehicle.
2. Fresh (indicator light is off)—Draws
outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.

156

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Air flow selector settings

—Operating tips
D To cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.

D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.

D Keep the area under the front seats

clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.

D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.

D When driving on dusty roads, close all
: With rear vents

windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.

157

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D If following another vehicle on a dusty

road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.

Heating

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls as follows:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON

D For quick heating, select recirculated

D For quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been
warmed.

D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.

D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.

air for a few minutes.

Ventilation
For best results, set controls as follows:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF

158

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Defogging

Defrosting

The inside of the windshield

The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls as follows:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone) to heat;
COLD (blue zone) to
cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the windshield position turns on the defogging
function with the purpose of clearing the
front view.
When turning the air flow selector to windshield position, the air intake selects
FRESH automatically. This is to clean up
the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.

Turning the air flow selector to the windshield position turns on the defrosting
function with the purpose of clearing the
front view.
When turning the air flow selector to windshield position, the air intake selects
FRESH automatically. This is to clean up
the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating. This setting clears the front view
more quickly.

D To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting
the
windshield,
floor/windshield air flow.

choose

159

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Automatic air conditioning system—
—Controls
1. Temperature selector
2. Air flow selector
3. Windshield air flow button
4. Fan speed selector
5. Air intake selector
6. “A/C” button
7. “OFF” button
8. “AUTO” button

160

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

“AUTO” button

Temperature selector

For automatic operation of the air conditioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”
will appear on the display to show that
the automatic operation mode has been
selected.

To increase the temperature, press the
“Ɯ” side, to decrease it, press the “Ɲ”
side.

In the automatic operation mode, the air
conditioning selects the most suitable fan
speed, air flow, air intake and on−off of
the air conditioning according to the temperature.
When you press the “AUTO” button with
the air intake mode at FRESH, internal
circulation may be applied for maximum
cooling.
You may use manual controls if you want
to select your own settings.
To turn off the automatic operation, press
the “OFF” button.
Fan speed selector
Push the “Ɯ” (increase) or “Ɲ” (decrease)
side of the button to adjust the fan speed.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to adjust the fan speed unless you desire
another fan speed mode.

“MAX. COLD” appears when you adjust to
maximum cooling, and “MAX. HOT” when
you adjust to maximum warming.
“OFF” button
Push the button to turn off the air conditioning system.

Air flow selector
Push the buttons to select the vents used
for air flow.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to select the air flow unless you desire
another air flow mode.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly
instrument panel vents.

from

the

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.

161

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” described below.

Windshield air flow button

Air intake selector

When this button is pressed, air flows
mainly from the windshield vents and
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.

Press the button to select the air source.

Pressing this button once again returns
the air flow mode to the last one used.
This button allows the air intake to select
FRESH automatically. This is to clean up
the front view more quickly. If you want
to return the setting to RECIRCULATE
mode, press the air intake selector button
once again.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

162

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

163

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Air flow selector settings

—Operating tips
D To cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.

D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.

D Keep the area under the front seats

clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.

D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.

D When driving on dusty roads, close all
: With rear vents

164

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D If following another vehicle on a dusty

Heating

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls as follows:

For automatic operation—

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
For manual operation—

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—ON
For manual operation—

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards WARM
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards COLD
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON

D For quick heating, select recirculated

D For quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been warmed.

air for a few minutes.

D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.

D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.

165

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Ventilation

Defogging and defrosting

For best results, set controls as follows:

—The inside of the windshield

For automatic operation—

For best results, set controls as follows:

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
For manual operation—
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards COLD
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF

—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow button, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls as follows:
—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defrosting function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow button, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.

166

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Side and rear vents
If you want to return the setting to RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.

If air flow control is not satisfactory, check
the side and rear vents. The side and rear
vents may be opened or closed as shown.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting
the
windshield,
floor/windshield air flow.

choose

Side vents

Rear vents

167

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking and replacing the
air conditioning filter

The air conditioning filter is behind the
glove box.
The air conditioning filter may clog after long use. The filter may need to be
replaced if the air flow of the air conditioning and heater experiences extreme
reductions in operating efficiency, or if
the windows begin to fog up easily in
FRESH mode.

1. Open the glove box. Remove the
screw with a Phillips−head screwdriver and slide the hook as shown.

2. Push each side of the glove box to
disconnect the claws.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,
inspect and replace the air conditioning
filter according to the maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.)

168

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

3. Remove the filter case from the filter
outlet as shown in the illustration.

4. Remove
case.

the

filter

from

the

filter

5. Inspect the filter on the surface.
If it is dirty, it should be replaced.

INFORMATION
The air filter should be installed properly in position. The use of air conditioning with the air filter removed
may cause deteriorated dustproof performance and then affect air conditioning performance.

169

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

170

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

1− 9

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi−information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter and ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Garage door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grocery bag hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear sun shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

172
172
173
175
179
180
181
184
184
185
186
186
187
187
188
188
188

171

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Clock

Outside temperature display
The outside temperature display indicates outside air temperatures when the
ignition switch is on.
Without multi−information display—To select “_C” or “_F”, push the “E/M” button.
The displayed temperature ranges from
−30_C (−22_F) up to 50_C (122_F).
If there is some abnormality in the connection of the outside air temperature
sensor, “−−” will appear on the display. If
“−−” appears on the display, contact your
Toyota dealer.

The digital clock indicates the time.

With multi−information display

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position.

There may be a case that “−−” appears
momentarily when the ignition is quickly
turned to “ON”. It is normal if it goes out
soon.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time display will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the time indicator will be reduced.
Without multi−information display

172

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Multi−information display
The following information is displayed
on the clock/outside temperature display when you push the “CLOCK/INFO”
button with the ignition switch turned
on.
Each time you push the “MODE/RESET”
button, the display toggles through this
information.
1. Instantaneous fuel consumption
2. Average fuel consumption
3. Driving range
4. Average vehicle speed
5. Driving time
The displayed values in the multi−information display indicate general driving conditions. Accuracy varies with driving habits
and road conditions.
Push the “CLOCK/INFO” button once
again, the display will return to the clock
and outside temperature gauge.
When the ignition switch is on, the last
previously used mode displayed just before the ignition switch is off will appear.

173

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the multi−information
display, the display will automatically be
set to the initial mode.
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the display
will be reduced.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
1. Instantaneous fuel consumption
(“MPG” or “L/100 km”)
The instantaneous fuel consumption is
calculated and displayed based on distance and fuel consumption for 2 seconds with the engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 2
seconds.

Note that an accurate figure may not be
shown in the following cases.

3. Driving range
(“RANGE MI” or “RANGE KM”)

D When the vehicle is stopped with the

The distance the vehicle can travel with
the remaining fuel is calculated and
displayed based on the quantity of remaining fuel and past fuel consumption.

engine running, the display will indicate
the extremely high fuel consumption.

D When the vehicle is driving down a
long slope, applying the engine brake,
the display will indicate the extremely
low fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.
2. Average fuel consumption
(“AVG. MPG” or “AVG. L/100 km”)
Average fuel consumption is calculated
and displayed based on total driving
distance and total fuel consumption
with the engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 10
seconds.
To reset the calculations, push and hold
the “MODE/RESET” button for more than
1 second.

The driving range display indicates the
approximate distance that you can drive
until the fuel gauge reaches “E”. It is
different from the actual distance traveled.
The displayed value is updated every time
the fuel equivalent for 1 mile or 1 km is
consumed.
Every time you refuel the vehicle, the calculation is reset.
The actual driving range varies with driving habits and road conditions. If fuel consumption is good, the driving range will be
longer. If fuel consumption is poor, the
driving range will be shorter.
If the low fuel level warning light comes
on, refuel even if the display indicates
that the vehicle can be driven further.

174

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Compass
4. Average vehicle speed
(“AVG. MPH” or “AVG. KM/h”)

The compass indicates the direction
that the vehicle is heading. In the
above case, it shows that the vehicle is
heading north.

Average vehicle speed is calculated and
displayed based on total driving distance and total driving time with the
engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 10
seconds.
To reset the calculations, push and hold
the “MODE/RESET” button for more than
1 second.
5. Driving time
(“E/T”)
The elapsed time after the engine starts
is displayed.
When the engine is started, driving time
is counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99
hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.
When the driving time exceeds 99:59, the
counter returns to 0:00.
To reset the calculations, push and hold
the “MODE/RESET” button for more than
1 second.

The direction is indicated on the inside
rear view mirror.
If the ignition switch was turned off with
the system on, the system will automatically turn back on when the ignition switch
is turned on.
Push the “COMP” switch to turn the compass system on and off.

Displays

Directions

N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW

North
Northeast
East
Southeast
South
Southwest
West
Northwest

The compass may not show the correct
direction in the following conditions:

D The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.

D The compass does not adjust while the
vehicle is stopped.

D The ignition switch is turned off immediately after turning.

D The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

175

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D The vehicle is in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).

D The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a
magnet or a metal object on or near
the inside rear view mirror.)

D The battery has been disconnected.
Your vehicle is out of the set zone. Refer
to the “CALIBRATING THE COMPASS” below to set the zone number.
The compass works to calibrate the direction automatically while the vehicle is in
motion, if deviation is small.
For additional precision or for complete
calibrating,
see
“CALIBRATING
THE
COMPASS” below.

Compass sensor

The compass sensor is in the inside
rear view mirror.

NOTICE
Do not put magnets or a metal object
on or near the inside rear view mirror
of the vehicle. Doing this may cause
malfunction of the compass sensor.

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation
calibration)
The direction display on the compass
deviates from the true direction determined by the earth’s magnetic field. The
angle of deviation varies according to the
geographic position of the vehicle.
To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,
then push and hold the “COMP” switch
until the zone number appears on the display. Then push the “COMP” switch, referring to the following map to select the
number of the zone where the vehicle is.

176

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Hawaii:
Samoa:
Guam:
Saipan:

5
5
8
8

After calibration, leaving the system for
several seconds returns it to the compass
mode.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

Zone number

177

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Perform circling calibration just after
you have purchased your Toyota. And
then always perform circling calibration
after the battery has been removed, replaced or disconnected.

D Do not perform circling calibration of

the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling
calibration)
Sometimes the direction display on the
compass may not change after a turn. To
rectify this, stop the vehicle and push and
hold the “COMP” switch until “C” appears
on the display.
If “C” appears on the display because of
a drastic change in the magnetic field,
perform circling calibration.

Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5
mph) or less. If there is not enough space
to drive in a circle, drive around the
block.

D During calibration, do not operate elec-

tric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with
the calibration.

After driving 1 to 3 circles in the above
method, calibration is completed when the
direction is shown on the display.
If calibration cannot be performed because
of the magnetized vehicle etc., take your
vehicle to Toyota dealer.

178

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Cigarette lighter and ashtrays
CIGARETTE LIGHTER

CAUTION

To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.
After it finishes heating up, it automatically pops out ready for use.

D When doing the circling calibration,

be sure to secure a wide space,
and watch out for people and vehicles in the neighborhood. Do not
violate any local traffic rules while
performing circling calibration.

If the engine is not running, the key must
be in the “ACC” position to use the lighter.
Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed
in.

D Do not adjust the display while the

vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
equivalent for replacement.
Cigarette lighter and front ashtray

ASHTRAYS
Front ashtray—To use the ashtray, push
on the lid.
Rear ashtray—To use the ashtray, raise
the lid.
When finished with your cigarette, thoroughly extinguish it in the ashtray to prevent other cigarette butts from catching
fire. After using the ashtray, push it back
in completely.
To remove the ashtray, open the ashtray
lid and pull it out.

Rear ashtray

179

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Power outlets
The power outlets are designed
power supply for car accessories.

CAUTION

for

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the power outlet to be used.

To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, always completely close
the ashtray after use.

NOTICE
z To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total vehicle capacity of
12V/120W.

Instrument panel

z To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlets longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
z Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlets are not in use. Inserting a foreign object other than the
appropriate plug that fits the outlet,
or allowing any liquid into the outlet may cause electrical failure or
short circuits.

Rear console box

180

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Garage door opener
(a) Programming the HomeLinkR
The HomeLinkR in your vehicle has 3
buttons and you can store one program
for each button.

3. Simultaneously press and hold the
hand−held garage transmitter button
along with the selected HomeLinkR button.

To ensure correct programming into the
HomeLinkR, install a new battery in the
hand−held transmitter prior to programming.

4. When the indicator light on the
HomeLinkR changes from a slow to a
rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can
release both buttons.

The battery side of the hand−held transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLinkR during the programming process.
The garage door opener (HomeLinkR
Universal Transceiver) is manufactured
under license from HomeLinkR and can
be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks,
home lighting systems, and security
systems, etc.

For Canadian users, follow the procedure
in “Programming an entrance gate/Programming all devices in the Canadian
market”.
1. Decide which of 3 HomeLinkR buttons
you want to program.
2. Place your hand−held garage transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away from
the surface of the HomeLinkR.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLinkR
in view while programming.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLinkR by
pressing the newly programmed button.
If programming a garage door opener,
check to see if the garage door opens
and closes.
If the garage door does not operate, identify if your garage transmitter is of the
“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold the
programmed HomeLinkR button. The garage door has the rolling code feature if
the indicator light (on the HomeLinkR)
flashes rapidly and then remains lit after
2 seconds. If your garage transmitter is
the “Rolling Code” type, proceed to the
heading “Programming a rolling code system”.
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each remaining HomeLinkR button to program
another device.

181

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Programming a rolling code system
If your device is “Rolling Code”
equipped, it is necessary to follow
steps 1 through 4 under the heading
“Programming the HomeLinkR” before
proceeding with the steps listed below.
1. Locate the “training” button on the ceiling mounted garage door opener motor.
The exact location and color of the
button may vary by brand of garage
door opener. Refer to the owner’s
guide supplied by the garage door
opener manufacturer for the location of
this “training” button.
2. Press the “training” button on the ceiling mounted garage door opener motor.
Following this step, you have 30 seconds
in which to initiate step 3 below.
3. Press and release the vehicle’s programmed HomeLinkR button twice. The
garage door may open. If the door
does open, the programming process is
complete. If the door does not open,
press and release the button a third
time. This third press and release will
complete the programming process by
opening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door opener
motor
should
now
recognize
the
HomeLinkR unit and be able activate the
garage door up/down.

6. Test the operation of the HomeLinkR by
pressing the newly programmed button.
Check to see if the gate/device operates correctly.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each remaining HomeLinkR button to program
another rolling code system.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each remaining HomeLinkR button to program
another device.

Programming an entrance gate/Programming all devices in the Canadian market

Programming other devices

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLinkR buttons you want to program.
2. Place
your
hand−held gate/device
transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)
away
from
the
surface
of
the
HomeLinkR.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLinkR
in view while programming.
3. Press
and
hold
HomeLinkR button.

the

selected

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)
the hand−held gate/device transmitter
button every two seconds until step 5
is complete.
5. When the indicator light on the
HomeLinkR changes from a slow to a
rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can
release both buttons.

To program other devices such as home
security systems, home door locks or
lighting, contact your authorized Toyota
dealer for assistance.
Reprogramming a button
Individual HomeLinkR buttons cannot be
erased, however, to reprogram a single
button, follow the procedure “Programming
the HomeLinkR”.
(b) Operating the HomeLinkR
To operate the HomeLinkR, press the
appropriate HomeLinkR button to activate
the programmed device. The HomeLinkR
indicator light should come on. The
HomeLinkR continues to send the signal
for up to 20 seconds as long as the
button is pressed.

182

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(c) Erasing
the
entire
HomeLinkR
memory (all three programs)
To erase all previously programmed codes
at one time, press and hold down the 2
outside buttons for 20 seconds until the
indicator light flashes.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase
the programs stored in the HomeLinkR
memory.

CAUTION

D When programming the HomeLinkR

Universal Transceiver, you may be
operating a garage door or other
device. Make sure people and objects are out of the way of the garage door or other device to prevent potential harm or damage.

D Do not use this HomeLinkR Univer-

sal Transceiver with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards.
(This includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before
April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object
(signaling the door to stop and reverse), does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases risk of serious injury or
death.

FCC ID: CB2300NHL3
CANADA: 2791032088
This device complies with FCC Rules
Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference that may be received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: This transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and
DOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
partly responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to operate the device.

183

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Glove box

Auxiliary boxes
To use the box, open it as shown
above.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.

NOTICE
To use the glove box, do this.

Instrument panel

To open: Pull the lever.
With the instrument panel lights on, the
glove box light will come on when the
glove box is open.

Over head console box—During hot
weather, the interior of the vehicle
becomes very hot. Do not leave anything flammable or deformable such
as a lighter, glasses, etc. inside.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn it
clockwise.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.
Over head console

184

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Rear console box
UPPER TRAY
To access the upper tray, raise the console box lid while pushing the lock release button.

CONSOLE BOX
To access the rear console box, pull up
the lock release lever while raising the
rear console box lid.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the console box closed
while driving.

185

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Front cup holder

Rear cup holder
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink−cans securely.
With lever type parking brake: To use the
cup holder, open the lid.
With pedal type parking brake: To use the
cup holder, push the lid.
To hold the cups or drink−cans securely,
adjust the size with the adapter.

CAUTION

D Do not place anything else other
With lever type parking brake

than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink−cans securely.
To use the cup holder, pull down the armrest.

D To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.

With pedal type parking brake

186

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Storage box

Grocery bag hooks

This box is designed to hold things like
bottles.

This hook is designed to hang things
like grocery bags.

CAUTION

D Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

D Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is in use.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging heavy loads on it.

187

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Luggage net

Rear sun shade

To secure your luggage, hang the luggage net on the hooks.

To raise the rear sun
tab of the shade and
anchors. To lower the
tab slightly to unhook
lower it slowly.

NOTICE
z Do not use the net to secure sharp
or heavy object. The net will tear
off.
z Be sure not to twist the net when
hooking.

Floor mat

shade, pull
hook it on
shade, pull
the shade,

the
the
the
and

Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the floor carpet and floor mat have 2
holes, then they are designed for use with
locking clips. Fix the floor mat with locking clips into the holes in the floor carpet.

NOTICE
Observe the following, otherwise damage and/or failure may result:
z Do not place anything where they
may hinder the opening/closing of
the shade.
z Do not place things on the shade.

188

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the floor carpet. If the floor
mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driving, it may cause an accident.

189

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

190

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three−way catalytic converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iridium−tipped spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage stowage precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft prevention labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

192
192
194
194
196
196
197
198
202
202
203
204
204
205

191

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Break−in period

Fuel

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

FUEL TYPE

OCTANE RATING

Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
break−in. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:

Your new vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.

2AZ−FE engine: Select Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your
Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
The special nozzle on pumps with unleaded fuel will fit it, but the larger standard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
not.

1MZ−FE engine: Select Octane Rating
87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded
gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91
(Research Octane Number of 96) or
higher is recommended.

D Avoid full throttle acceleration when
starting and driving.

D Avoid racing the engine.
D Try to avoid hard stops during the first
D Do not drive slowly with the manual

At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet the specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93
in Canada.

D Do not drive for a long time at any

NOTICE

300 km (200 miles).

transmission in a high gear.

single speed, either fast or slow.

D Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
km (500 miles).

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the three−
way catalytic converter to lose its effectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating or research octane number lower
than stated above will cause persistent
heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
lead to engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, occasionally, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is normal
and there is no need for concern.

192

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

GASOLINE
ADDITIVES

CONTAINING

DETERGENT

Toyota recommends the use of gasoline
that contains detergent additives to
avoid build−up of engine deposits.
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
QUALITY GASOLINE
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,
Europe and Japan have developed a
specification for quality fuel named
World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that
is expected to be applied world wide.
The WWFC consists of three categories
that depend on required emission levels. In the U.S., category 3 has been
adopted. The WWFC improves air quality by providing for better emissions in
vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction
through better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE is
available in many areas.

Some gasoline contain an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota recommends the use of cleaner
burning gasoline and appropriately blended
reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions, and improve air quality.
OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
blended gasoline where the oxygenate
content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
rating no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing methanol.

Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
GASOLINE QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the particular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If this does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.

193

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Operation in foreign countries
NOTICE
z Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
z If driveability problems are encountered (poor hot starting, vaporizing,
engine knock, etc.), discontinue the
use.
z Take care not to spill gasohol during refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.

Three−way catalytic converters

If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the correct fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).

2AZ−FE engine

FUEL TANK CAPACITY
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

1MZ−FE engine

194

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

The three−way catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.

CAUTION

D Keep people and combustible mate-

rials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.

D Do not drive, idle or park your ve-

hicle over anything that may burn
easily such as grass, leaves, paper
or rags.

D Do not leave anything that may
burn easily, such as paper or rags,
in the engine compartment.

NOTICE
A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the three−way catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:
z Use only unleaded gasoline.
z Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creating an excessive load on the three−
way catalytic converter.
z Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 minutes.
z Avoid racing the engine.
z Do not push−start or pull−start your
vehicle.
z Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.

z Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel system could cause an extremely high three−way catalytic
converter temperature.
z If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a check−up as soon
as possible. Remember, your Toyota
dealer knows your vehicle and its
three−way catalytic converter system best.
z To ensure that the three−way catalytic converter and the entire emission control system operate properly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
scheduled maintenance information,
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

195

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Facts about engine oil
consumption

Engine exhaust cautions
CAUTION

D Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.

It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.

D Make sure the exhaust system has

no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.

D Do not run the engine in a garage

or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.

D Do not remain for a long time in a

parked vehicle with the engine running. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.

D Keep the trunk lid closed while

driving. An open or unsealed trunk
lid may cause exhaust gases to be
drawn into the vehicle.

D To allow proper operation of your

vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the windshield clear of snow, leaves, or other obstructions.

D If you smell exhaust fumes in the

vehicle, drive with the windows
open and the trunk lid closed. Have
the cause immediately located and
corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in maintaining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should consume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.

D Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston

rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a piston moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.

D Oil is also used to lubricate the stems

of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High temperature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.

196

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Iridium−tipped spark plugs
The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by high−speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
When judging the amount of oil consumption, note that the oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a normal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
appear that the oil level has not changed.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in proper vehicle maintenance is to keep the engine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.

NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.
For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” on
page 264 in Section 7−2.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped
spark plugs.

NOTICE
Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs
and do not adjust gaps for your engine performance and smooth driveability.

The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an express way, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.

197

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Brake system
The tandem master cylinder brake system
is a hydraulic system with two separate
sub−systems. If either sub−system should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will be longer. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
power−assist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
vacuum for one or two stops—but no
more!

CAUTION

D Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacuum.

D Even if the power assist is com-

pletely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than normal. And your braking distance will
be longer.

ANTI−LOCK
BRAKE
“ABS” warning light)

SYSTEM

(with

The anti−lock brake system is designed
to help prevent lock−up of the wheels
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
providing directional stability and steering performance of the vehicle under
these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal: When the anti−lock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
In this situation, to let the anti−lock
brake system work for you, just hold the
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
pump the brake in a panic stop. This
will result in reduced braking performance.
The anti−lock brake system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

198

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on a manhole cover, a steel plate at a construction site,
joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
tends to activate the anti−lock brake system.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle begins to move. This means
that the anti−lock brake system is in the
self−check mode, and does not indicate a
malfunction.
When the anti−lock brake system is activated, the following conditions may
occur. They do not indicate a malfunction of the system:

D You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-

tem operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the vehicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the vehicle is stopped.

D At the end of the anti−lock brake system activation, the brake pedal may
move a little forward.

CAUTION
Do not overestimate the anti−lock
brake system: Although the anti−lock
brake system assists in providing vehicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, because there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the anti−
lock brake system on.
If tire grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the anti−lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always drive at a moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
anti−lock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping distance in the following cases:

D Driving on rough, gravel or snow−
covered roads.

D Driving with tire chains installed.
D Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road.

D Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The anti−lock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respective wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed
resulting in a longer stopping distance.

199

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Type A

“ABS” warning light (vehicles without
vehicle skid control system)

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.

“ABS” warning light (vehicles with vehicle skid control system)

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the parts monitored by
the warning light. Contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible to service
the vehicle.

The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the
system malfunctions, the light comes on
again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system, the brake assist
system, the traction control system and
the vehicle skid control system do not
operate, but the brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.

D The light does not come on when the
Type B

ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.

D The light comes on while you are driving.

200

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.

D The light comes on while you are driving.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM (on some models)
Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc type
parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding−down of the brake
shoes periodically or whenever the parking
brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

For an explanation of this system’s warning light, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 105 in Section 1−5.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding−down.
BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM (vehicles with
vehicle skid control system)
When you slam the brakes on, the
brake assist system judges as an emergency stop and provides more powerful
braking for a driver who cannot hold
down the brake pedal firmly.
When you slam the brakes on, more powerful braking will be applied. At this time,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment and feel the vibrations of the
brake pedal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
The brake assist system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated to
a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

201

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Brake pad wear limit
indicators

Luggage stowage precautions
When stowing luggage or cargo in the
vehicle, observe the following:

D Put luggage or cargo in the trunk when
at all possible. Be sure all items are
secured in place.

D Be careful to keep the vehicle balanced. Locating the weight as far forward as possible helps maintain balance.

D For better fuel economy, do not carry
unneeded weight.

The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive rotor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.

CAUTION

D To prevent luggage or packages
from sliding forward during
do not stack anything in
larged trunk. Keep luggage
ages low, as close to the
possible.

braking,
the enor packfloor as

D Never allow anyone to ride in the

D Do not place anything on the pack-

age tray behind the rear seatback.
Such items may be thrown about
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or an
accident.

D Do not drive with objects left on

top of the instrument panel. They
may interfere with the driver’s field
of view. Or they may move during
sharp vehicle acceleration or turning, and impair the driver’s control
of the vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occupants.

NOTICE
Do not load the vehicle beyond the
vehicle capacity weight specified on
page 286 in Section 8.

enlarged trunk. It is not designed
for passengers. They should ride in
their seats with their seat belts
properly fastened. Otherwise, they
are much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury, in the event of
sudden braking or a collision.

202

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification
number

The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.

—Engine number

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.

2AZ−FE engine

This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.

1MZ−FE engine

203

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Theft prevention labels
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.

Your new vehicle carries theft prevention labels which are approximately 56
mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroying the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to another, will be impossible.

Suspension and chassis
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous vehicle handling
characteristics, resulting in loss of
control.

NOTICE
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may violate certain state or federal laws.

204

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Types of tires
Determine what kind of tires your vehicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are high−speed capability
tires best suited to highway driving under
dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on
snow−covered or icy roads. For driving on
snow−covered or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If installing snow
tires, be sure to replace all four tires.

CAUTION

D Do not mix summer and all season

tires on your vehicle as this can
cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting in loss of control.

D Do not use tires other than the

manufacturer’s designated tires, and
never mix tires or wheels of the
sizes different from the originally
equipped tires and wheels.

2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide
better traction in snow and to be adequate
for driving in most winter conditions, as
well as for use all year round.
All season tires, however, do not have
adequate traction performance compared
with snow tires in heavy or loose snow.
Also, all season tires fall short in acceleration
and
handling
performance
compared with summer tires in highway
driving.

205

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

206

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinghy towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer . . . . . . . . . . . . .

208
208
209
210
211
212
218

207

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Before starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle before entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion height, head restraint
height and steering wheel angle.
3. Vehicles with the power adjustable pedals—Adjust the position of the accelerator and brake pedals.
4. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
5. Lock all doors.
6. Fasten seat belts.

How to start the engine—
(a) Before cranking
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and accessories.
3. Manual transmission: Press the clutch
pedal to the floor and shift the transmission into neutral. Hold the clutch
pedal to the floor until the engine is
started. A starter safety device will prevent the starter from operating if the
clutch pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic transmission: Put the selector lever in “P”. If you need to restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, put the selector lever in “N”.
A starter safety device will prevent the
starter from operating if the selector
lever is in any drive position.
4. Automatic transmission only: Depress the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.

(b) Starting the engine
Before starting the engine, be sure to follow the instructions in “(a) Before cranking”.
Normal starting procedure
The multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:
1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, crank the engine by turning the key
to “START”. Release it when the engine starts.
2. After the engine runs for about 10 seconds, you are ready to drive.
If the weather is below freezing, let the
engine warm up for a few minutes before
driving.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct procedure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” on page
222 in Section 4.

208

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

NOTICE
z Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
z Do not race a cold engine.
z If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.

Tips for driving in various
conditions
D Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.

This will allow you much better control.

D Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-

sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharp−edged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage such
as a tire burst.
Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Otherwise, the impact could cause severe
damage to the tires and/or wheels.

D When parking on a hill, turn the front

wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmission in “P” (automatic) or in first or
reverse (manual). If necessary, block
the wheels.

D Washing your vehicle or driving through

deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the parking brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

D Before driving off, make sure that

the parking brake is fully released
and the parking brake reminder
light is off.

D Do not leave your vehicle unat-

tended while the engine is running.

D Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.

D To drive down a long or steep hill,

reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.

209

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Winter driving tips
D Be careful when accelerating, up-

shifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden acceleration or engine braking could cause
the vehicle to spin or skid.

D Do not drive in excess of the speed

limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has high−speed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are high−speed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.

D Do not continue normal driving

when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a
longer stopping distance, and it
may pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Also, the parking brake will not hold the vehicle
securely.

Make sure your coolant is properly protected against freezing.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.

Your coolant must contain ethylene−glycol
type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components. Use “Toyota
Genuine Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.

See page 264 in Section 7−2 for recommended viscosity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your vehicle during winter
months may cause harder starting. If you
are not sure about which oil to use, call
your Toyota dealer—he will be pleased to
help.

See page 266 in Section 7−2 for details
about coolant type selection.

NOTICE
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
When it is extremely cold, we recommend
to use 60% solution for your Toyota, to
provide protection down to about −50_C
(−58_F). Do not use more than 70% solution for better coolant performance.
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape
to provide enough power for winter starting. Section 7−3 tells you how to visually
inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer
and most service stations will be pleased
to check the level of charge.

Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing.
Use a washer fluid containing an antifreeze solution.
This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.

NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.

210

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Dinghy towing
(with automatic transmission)

Dinghy towing
(with manual transmission)

Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
ground) behind a motorhome.

Your vehicle can be dinghy towed (with
four wheels on the ground) from the
front behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

CAUTION

Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse
(manual) and block the rear wheels. Do
not use the parking brake, or snow or
water accumulated in and around the
parking brake mechanism may freeze,
making it hard to release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.
Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emergency equipment.
Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.

Do not tow your vehicle with four
wheels on the ground. This may
cause serious damage to your vehicle.

Dinghy towing requires special equipment and accessories. Please refer to
your service outlet of the motorhome
manufacture for the recommended
equipment.

NOTICE
Dinghy towing does not eliminate the
possibility of damage to your vehicle.

211

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Trailer towing
DINGHY TOWING TIPS
Before dinghy towing, be sure to observe the following in order to reduce
the damage to your vehicle.
1. Put the shift lever in neutral.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC”
position. Make sure the audio is turned
off and any item is not plugged into
the power outlet.

NOTICE
To avoid the locking of the steering
wheel, turn the ignition switch to the
“ACC” position.
3. Release the parking brake.
After dinghy towing, let the engine idle for
more than 3 minutes before driving the
vehicle.

NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle from the
rear. This may cause serious damage
to your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passenger−carrying vehicle. Towing a
trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your
safety and the safety of others, you must
not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota
warranties do not apply to damage or
malfunction caused by towing a trailer for
commercial purposes. Ask your local
Toyota dealer for further details before
towing.

NOTICE
When towing a trailer, be sure to consult your Toyota dealer for further information on additional requirements
such as a towing kit, etc.

212

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

WEIGHT LIMITS

D Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-

Before towing, make sure the total trailer
weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle
weight and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.

ent weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capable of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maximum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.

The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

D The

total trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo load) must
not exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Exceeding this weight is dangerous.

D The gross vehicle weight must not

exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross vehicle weight is the sum of weights
of the unloaded vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.

213

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D The load on either the front or rear

Total trailer weight

Tongue load

axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
on the Certification Label.

HITCHES

D Use only a hitch which is recom-

mended by the hitch manufacturer and
conforms to the total trailer weight requirement.

D Follow the directions supplied by the

hitch manufacturer. Lubricate the hitch
ball with a light coat of grease.

Tongue load
Total trailer weight

D Toyota recommends removing the trail100 = 9 to 11%

er hitch whenever you are not towing
a trailer to reduce the possibility of
additional damage caused by the hitch
if your vehicle is struck from behind.

D The trailer cargo load should be
distributed so that the tongue load
is 9 to 11% of the total trailer
weight, not exceeding the maximum
of 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load the
trailer with more weight in the back
than in the front. About 60% of the
trailer load should be in the front
half of the trailer and the remaining
40% in the rear.

NOTICE
Do not use axle−mounted hitches as
they can cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels or
tires. Also, never install a hitch which
may interfere with the normal function
of an Energy Absorbing Bumper, if so
equipped.
BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

D Toyota

recommends trailers with
brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.

214

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D A safety chain must always be used

between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should
cross under the trailer tongue to
prevent the tongue from dropping to
the ground in case it becomes damaged or separated. For correct safety
chain procedures, follow the hitch or
trailer manufacturer’s recommendations.

CAUTION

D If the total trailer weight exceeds

453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.

D Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-

draulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.

D Never tow a trailer without using a

safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.

TIRES

TRAILER LIGHTS

D Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are

D Trailer lights must comply with federal,

properly inflated. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended cold tire
pressure indicated below (see page
269 in Section 7−2 and page 290 in
Section 8 for instructions.):
Tire pressure, kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)
P205/65R15 92T or P205/65R15 92H
Front
220 (2.2, 32)
Rear
220 (2.2, 32)
P215/60R16 94V
Front
Rear

200 (2.0, 29)
200 (2.0, 29)

D The trailer tires should be inflated to
the pressure recommended by the trailer manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.

state/provincial and local regulations.
See your local recreational vehicle
dealer or rental agency for the correct
type of wiring and relays for your trailer. Check for correct operation of the
turn signals and stop lights each time
you hitch up. Direct splicing may damage your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

D Toyota recommends that you do not

tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train component (engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

D If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will

require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this information, please refer to the scheduled
maintenance information in the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.

D Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

215

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

D Check that your vehicle remains level

when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal nose−up or nose−down
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.

D Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it can not shift.

D Check that your rear view mirrors con-

form to any applicable federal, state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not towing. The three main causes of vehicle−
trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:

D Before starting out, check operation of

the lights and all vehicle−trailer connections. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and connections. Before actually towing a trailer, practice turning, stopping and backing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.

D Backing with a trailer is difficult and

requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This procedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer.) Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an accident.

D Because stopping distance may be in-

creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance
should be increased when towing a
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length between you and the vehicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of control. This is especially
true on wet or slippery surfaces.

D Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-

tion. If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, prevent excessive clutch
slippage by keeping engine rpm low
and not racing the engine. Always start
out in first gear.

D Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.

The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.

D Remember that when making a turn,

the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.

D Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-

versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to prepare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

D Be careful when passing other ve-

hicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes.

216

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

D In order to maintain engine braking effi-

ciency do not use fifth gear (manual
transmission) or overdrive (automatic
transmission).

D Because of the added load of the trail-

er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30_C [85_F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” on page 226 in
Section 4.

D Always place wheel blocks under both

the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)
or in first or reverse (manual). Avoid
parking on a slope with a trailer, but
if it cannot be avoided, do so only
after performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or
“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.

CAUTION

D Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or

the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because instability (swaying) of a towing vehicle−
trailer
combination
usually
increases as the speed increases, exceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.

When restarting out after parking on a
slope:

D Slow down and downshift before

1. With the transmission in “P” position
(automatic) or the clutch pedal depressed (manual), start the engine.
(With an automatic transmission, be
sure to keep the brake pedal depressed.)

D Avoid holding the brake pedal down

2. Shift into gear.

descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts.

too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking efficiency.

3. Release the parking brake (also foot
brake on automatic transmission vehicles) and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

217

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer
Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:

D Avoid long engine idling. If you have

D Keep your tires inflated at the cor-

ving. Use a gear position suitable for
the road on which you are travelling.

rect pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See page
269 in Section 7−2 for instructions.

D Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.

D Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, however, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.

D Keep

the automatic transmission
overdrive turned on when engine
braking is not required. Driving with
the overdrive off will reduce the fuel
economy. (For details, see “Automatic
transmission” on page 115 in Section
1−6.)

D Accelerate

slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
gear as quickly as possible.

a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.

D Avoid engine lugging or over−revD Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down.
wastes fuel.

Stop−and−go

driving

D Avoid

unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper distance from other vehicles to avoid sudden braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.

D Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.

D Do not rest your foot on the clutch

or brake pedal. This causes premature
wear, overheating and poor fuel economy.

D Keep the front wheels in proper

alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

D Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corrosion.

D Keep your vehicle tuned−up and in

top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improper valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.
all lower engine performance and contribute to poor fuel economy. For longer
life of all parts and lower operating
costs, keep all maintenance work on
schedule, and if you often drive under
severe conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance.
(For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)

D Maintain a moderate speed on highways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel consumption.

218

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function without the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is running.

219

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

220

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot increase the engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle becomes stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever . . . . . . . .
If you lose your keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . .

222
225
225
226
227
235
236
241
241
242

221

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting
procedure given in “How to start the
engine” on page 208 in Section 3 and that
you have sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is
equipped with the engine immobiliser
system, also check whether the other
keys will start the engine. If they work,
your key may be broken. Have the key
checked at your Toyota dealer. If none of
your keys work, the system is possibly
broken. Call your Toyota dealer. (See
“Keys (with engine immobiliser system)”
on page 12 in Section 1−2.)
If the engine is not turning over or is
turning over too slowly—
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump starting. See “(c) Jump starting” on page
223 for further instructions.

(b) Starting a flooded engine
NOTICE
Do not pull− or push−start the vehicle. It may damage the vehicle or
cause a collision when the engine
starts. Also the three−way catalytic
converter may overheat and become a
fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. The engine may be flooded because of
repeated cranking. See “(b) Starting a
flooded engine” on page 222 for further
instructions.
2. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the key to “START”
with the accelerator pedal held down.
Keep the key and accelerator pedal in
these positions for 15 seconds and release them. Then try starting the engine
with your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If the engine does not start after 15 seconds of cranking, release the key, wait
a few minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.

222

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(c) Jump starting
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might result from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent mechanic or towing service.

CAUTION

D The gas normally produced by a

battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.

D Warning: Battery posts, terminals

and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer
and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.

D Batteries

contain
sulfuric
acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or vehicle.

D If you should accidentally get acid

NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unnecessary lights and accessories.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batteries. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.

on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water immediately. Then get immediate medical
attention. If possible, continue to
apply water with a sponge or cloth
while enroute to the medical office.

223

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Jumper cable

Discharged battery

Booster
battery

Positive
terminal
(“+”mark)
Jumper cable

Discharged battery
Positive terminal
(“+”mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the order a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.

Negative terminal
(“−”mark)

Booster
battery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative (−)
terminal on the booster battery.

Connecting point for 2AZ−FE engine

d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting points
are shown in the following illustrations:

Connecting point for 1MZ−FE engine

224

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Do not connect it to or near any part
that moves when the engine is
cranked.

CAUTION

If your engine stalls while
driving

If you cannot increase the
engine speed

If your engine stalls while driving...

If the engine speed does not increase when
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there may
be a problem somewhere in your electronic
throttle control system.

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try starting the engine again.

When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch anything except the correct battery terminals or the ground.

If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start” on page 222 in this
section.

5. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.

If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.

CAUTION

At this time, vibration may occur. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.

CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erroneous pedal operation.

8. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.

225

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If your vehicle overheats
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you experience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses,and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the vehicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or neutral (manual) and apply the parking brake. Turn off the air
conditioning if it is being used.

CAUTION

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running and make sure the electric
cooling fan is operating. If it is not,
turn the ignition off.

CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.

6. After the engine coolant temperature
has cooled to normal, again check the
coolant level in the reservoir. If necessary, bring it up to half full again. Serious coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the engine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer
for assistance.
5. If there are no obvious leaks, check
the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add
coolant to the reservoir while the engine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to remove the radiator
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. Serious injury could result from
scalding hot fluid and steam blown
out under pressure.

226

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you have a flat tire—
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place well away from
the traffic. Avoid stopping on the center
divider of a highway. Park on a level
spot with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and
emergency flashers.

turn on

your

3. Firmly set the parking brake and put
the transmission in “P” (automatic) or
reverse (manual).
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions thoroughly.

CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe the
following to reduce the possibility of
personal injury:

D Follow jacking instructions.
D Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle supported by the
jack. Otherwise, personal injury may
occur.

D Do not start or run the engine while

D Raise the vehicle only high enough

D Stop the vehicle on a level firm

NOTICE

your vehicle is supported by the
jack.
ground, firmly set the parking brake
and put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or reverse (manual).
Block the wheel diagonally opposite
to the one being changed if necessary.

to remove and change the tire.

Do not continue driving with a deflated tire. Driving even a short distance can damage a tire and wheel
beyond repair.

D Make sure to set the jack properly
in the jack point. Raising the vehicle with jack improperly positioned will damage the vehicle or
may allow the vehicle to fall off the
jack and cause personal injury.

D Never get under the vehicle when

the vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.

D Use the jack only for lifting your
vehicle during wheel changing.

D Do not raise the vehicle with someone in the vehicle.

D When raising the vehicle, do not
place any objects on top of or underneath the jack.

227

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

The compact spare tire can be used many
times, if necessary. It has tread life of up
to 4800 km (3000 miles) depending on
road conditions and your driving habits.
When tread wear indicators appear on the
tire, replace the tire.
See also the tire section on page 270 in
Section 7−2 for details on the tread wear
indicators and other service information.

NOTICE
Your ground clearance is reduced
when the compact spare tire is
installed so avoid driving over obstacles and drive slowly on rough,
unpaved roads and speed bumps.
Also, do not attempt to go through an
automatic car wash as the vehicle
may get caught, resulting in damage.

CAUTION

D The compact spare tire was deCompact spare tire (on some models)

signed especially for your Toyota.
Do not use it on any other vehicle.

The compact spare tire is designed for
temporary emergency use only.

D Do not use more than one compact

The compact spare tire is identified by the
distinctive wording “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” molded into the side wall of the
tire.

D The pressure for the compact spare

The compact spare tire saves space in
your luggage compartment, and its lighter
weight helps to improve fuel economy and
permits easier installation in case of a flat
tire.

spare tire at the same time.

tire must be 420 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm2
or bar, 60 psi).

D Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph)
when driving
spare tire.

with

the

compact

D The standard tire should be re-

paired and reinstalled as soon as
possible.

D Avoid sudden acceleration, sudden

deceleration and sharp turns with
the compact spare tire.

228

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Required tools and spare
tire
1. Get the required tools and spare
tire.
1. Jack handle
2. Wheel nut wrench
3. Front towing eyelet
(on some models)
4. Jack
5. Spare tire
To prepare yourself for an emergency, you
should familiarize yourself with the use of
the jack, each of the tools and their storage locations.
With a compact spare tire

To remove the jack, turn the jack joint by
hand until the jack becomes free.

Without a compact spare tire

229

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Blocking the wheel

To store the jack, align the hole of the
jack head with the vehicle hook. Turn the
jack joint until the jack base fits securely
with the vehicle body.

To remove the spare tire:

This prevents the jack from flying forward
during a collision or sudden stop.

3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.

1. Loosen the nut and remove it.
2. Remove the spare tire cover.
4. Remove the spacer. (compact spare
tire only)

2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire to keep the vehicle from
rolling when it is jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a wheel
block in front of one of the front wheels
or behind one of the rear wheels.

Then take the spare tire out of the vehicle.
When storing the spare tire, put it in place
with the outer side of the wheel facing up.
Then secure the tire by repeating the
above removal steps in reverse order to
prevent it from flying forward during a
collision or sudden braking.

230

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Removing wheel ornament
(steel wheels only)

—Loosening wheel nuts
CAUTION
Never use oil or grease on the bolts
or nuts. The nuts may loose and the
wheels may fall off, which could cause a serious accident.

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench as
shown.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before raising the vehicle.

CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the ornament by
hand. Take due care in handling the
ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to
loosen. To get maximum leverage, fit the
wrench to the nut so that the handle is
on the right side, as shown above. Grab
the wrench near the end of the handle
and pull up on the handle. Be careful that
the wrench does not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew
them about one−half turn.

231

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Positioning the jack

—Raising your vehicle
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when the
vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.

5. Position the jack at the correct jack
point as shown. Rotate the load rest
90_ from storage position to lifting
position.
Make sure the jack is positioned on a
level and solid place.

6. After making sure that no one is in
the vehicle, raise it high enough so
that the spare tire can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare tire
than when removing the flat tire.
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle
into the jack (it is a loose fit) and turn it
clockwise. As the jack touches the vehicle
and begins to lift, double−check that it is
properly positioned.

232

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Changing wheels

7. Remove the wheel nuts and change
tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the bolts.
Then lift up the wheel and get at least the
top bolt started through its hole. Wiggle
the tire and press it back over the other
bolts.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

Before putting on wheels, remove any corrosion on the mounting surfaces with a
wire brush or such. Installation of wheels
without good metal−to−metal contact at the
mounting surface can cause wheel nuts to
loosen and eventually cause a wheel to
come off while driving.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger
tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end inward) and tighten them as much as you
can by hand. Press back on the tire and
see if you can tighten them more.

233

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Lowering your vehicle
CAUTION

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on the bolts
or nuts. Doing so may lead to overtightening the nuts and damaging the
bolts. The nuts may loose and the
wheels may fall off, which could cause a serious accident. If there is oil
or grease on any bolt or nut, clean
it.

D When lowering the vehicle, make

sure all portions of your body and
all other persons around will not be
injured as the vehicle is lowered to
the ground.

D Have the wheel nuts tightened with

9. Lower the vehicle completely and
tighten the wheel nuts.

torque wrench to 103 N·m (10.5
kgf·m, 77 ft·lbf), as soon as possible after changing wheels. Otherwise, the nuts may loosen and the
wheels may fall off, which could
cause a serious accident.

Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to
lower the vehicle.
Use only the wheel nut wrench to tighten
the nuts. Do not use other tools or any
additional leverage other than your hands,
such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.
Make sure the wrench is securely engaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in the
order shown. Repeat the process until all
the nuts are tight.

234

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Reinstalling wheel ornament
(steel wheels only)

—After changing wheels
11. Check the air pressure of the replaced tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specification
designed on page 290 in Section 8. If the
pressure is lower, drive slowly to the
nearest service station and fill to the correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation
valve cap as dirt and moisture could get
into the valve core and possibly cause air
leakage. If the cap is missing, have a new
one put on as soon as possible.

10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.

12. Restow all the tools, jack and flat
tire securely.

2. Tap it firmly with the side or heel of
your hand to snap it into place.

As soon after changing wheels as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torque
specified on page 290 in Section 8 with
a torque wrench. Have a technician repair
the flat tire and replace the spare tire with
it.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal
injury.

Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are securely
in place in their storage location to
reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision or sudden
braking.

1. Put the wheel ornament into position.
Align the cutout of the wheel ornament
with the valve stem as shown.

If your vehicle becomes stuck
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it
forward and backward.
Vehicles with traction control system—
Turn off the traction control system to
become unstuck to allow the tires to
spin enough to remove the vehicle from
the obstruction. (For details, see “Traction control system” on page 124 in
Section 1−6.)

CAUTION
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and backward if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or backward
as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or objects.

235

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent damage to the transmission and other
parts.
z Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is completely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front

—From rear

z Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.

If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service. In consultation with them, have
your vehicle towed using either (a) or
(b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or commercial tow truck service, tow your vehicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency towing” on page 238 in this section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.

z If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as towing.
(b) Using flat bed truck

Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following precautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.
TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.

236

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

NOTICE
When lifting wheels, take care to ensure adequate ground clearance for
towing at the opposite end of the
raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper
and/or underbody of the towed vehicle
will be damaged during towing.
From front—Release the parking brake.

D Automatic transmission:
Use a towing dolly under the front
wheels.

NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the rear with the
front wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.
(b) Using flat bed truck

From rear—

D Manual transmission:
We recommend using a towing dolly
under the front wheels. If you do not
use a towing dolly, place the ignition
key in the “ACC” position and put the
transmission in neutral.

NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, either from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.

NOTICE
Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position when towing
from the rear without a towing dolly.
The steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight.

237

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Emergency towing
NOTICE
Only use
otherwise
damaged.

specified towing eyelet;
your
vehicle
may be

A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.

Front (type A)

Rear (on some models)

If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to one of the emergency towing
eyelets under the vehicle. Use extreme
caution when towing vehicles.

Front (type B)

Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard−surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing vehicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would place
excessive stress on the emergency
towing eyelets and towing cable or
chain. The eyelets and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.

Front towing eyelet (type A)—To install the
front towing eyelet, see “—Installing front
towing eyelet” on page 239 in this section.

238

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Installing front towing eyelet
1. Remove and turn over the spare tire
cover. Remove the front towing eyelet
by turning it as shown in the illustrations.

NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelets provided.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in neutral (manual) or “N” (automatic). The key must be
in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine running).

CAUTION

With a compact spare tire

If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.

Without a compact spare tire

239

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

2. Remove the front towing eyelet cover
on the front bumper, using a flat−
bladed screwdriver which is wrapped
with a cloth.

3. Secure the front towing eyelet to the
hole on the bumper by turning clockwise.

4. Tighten the front towing eyelet securely
by a wheel nut wrench.

CAUTION
When installing the eyelet on the vehicle, be sure to tighten the front
eyelet securely. If the eyelet is loose,
it may come off when being towed
and result in death or serious injury.

240

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever

If you lose your keys
You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobiliser system, the
dealer will also need your master key.
Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—
Even if you lose only one key, contact
your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If
you lose all your master keys, you cannot
make new keys; the whole engine immobiliser system must be replaced.
See the suggestion given in “Keys” on
page 12 in Section 1−2.

If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button as follows:

3. Insert your finger into the
push down the shift lock
button. You can shift out
position only while pushing
ton.

1. Turn the ignition key to
position. Make sure the
brake is on.

4. Shift into “N” position.

“LOCK”
parking

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladed
screwdriver or equivalent.

hole to
override
of “P”
the but-

5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window because it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.

Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

241

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter
You can purchase a new wireless remote control transmitter at your Toyota
dealer.
Have the registered identification numbers
of your transmitters deleted from your vehicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
an accident. Then, have the identification
number of your new transmitter registered.
At the same time, you must bring all of
the remaining transmitters to have them
registered again as well.
You can use the wireless remote control
system with the new transmitter. Contact
your Toyota dealer for detailed information.

242

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Washing and waxing your Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Cleaning the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

243

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
Toyota, through the diligent research, design and use of the most advanced
technology available, helps prevent corrosion and provides you with the finest quality vehicle construction. Now, it is up to
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help
ensure long−term corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:

D The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hard−to−reach areas under
the vehicle.

D Chipping

of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your vehicle under certain environmental conditions:

D Road salt or dust control chemicals will

accelerate corrosion, as will the presence of salt in the air near the sea−
coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

D High humidity accelerates corrosion es-

pecially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.

D Wetness or dampness to certain parts

of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.

D High ambient temperatures can cause

corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which do not dry quickly due to
lack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any damage to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.

D High pressure water or steam is effec-

tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing. The
lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
frame members have drain holes which
should not be allowed to clog with dirt
as trapped water in these areas can
cause corrosion.

D Wash the underside of the vehicle thoroughly when winter is over.

your

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” on
page 245 for more tips.

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:

Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately to prevent corrosion from starting. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.

To help prevent corrosion on
Toyota, follow these guidelines:

D If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize corrosion.

244

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Washing and waxing your
Toyota
Check the interior of your vehicle. Water and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Occasionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly careful when transporting chemicals, cleansers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it covered with
water or snow, your garage may be so
damp and it will cause corrosion. Even if
your garage is heated, a wet vehicle can
corrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota
Keep your
washing.

vehicle

clean

regular

The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as possible.

D When driving in a coastal area
D When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze

D When having coal tar, tree sap, bird
droppings and carcass of an insect

D When driving in the areas where there
is a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust
and chemical substances

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Remove any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or in the
wheel wells.
2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high−
pressure car wash, for example) at or
near the fuel tank inlet with the fuel filler
door opened. If the water enters the air
vent, you may experience trouble with refueling or rough engine idling.

Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not hot to the touch.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic substances splashes an ornament, be sure to
wash it off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,
be careful not to injure your hands.

Do not attach the heavily damaged
plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off
the wheel and cause accidents while
the vehicle is moving.

D When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

245

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper
faces are soft.
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.

NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (gasoline, kerosene, benzine or strong solvents), which may be toxic or cause
damage.
3. Rinse
thoroughly—dried
soap
can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.

Automatic car wash
Your vehicle may be washed in an automatic car wash, but remember that the
paint can be scratched by some types of
brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the
washing process itself. Scratching reduces
paint durability and gloss, especially on
darker colors. The manager of the car
wash should be able to advise you whether the process is safe for the paint on
your vehicle.
Waxing your Toyota
Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
surface does not repel water well.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle before you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weathered, use a car−cleaning polish, followed by a separate wax. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.

Windshield washer nozzles: Make sure
that the nozzles do not become blocked
when waxing. If a nozzle becomes
blocked, contact your Toyota dealer to
have the vehicle serviced.

NOTICE
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the surface in large patches.

NOTICE
Always remove the plastic bumpers if
your vehicle is re−painted and placed
in a high heat paint waxing booth.
High temperatures could damage the
bumpers.

246

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Cleaning the interior
CAUTION

D Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags:

Be careful not to splash water or
spill liquid on the floor. This may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, resulting in serious
injury.

D Do not wash the vehicle floor with

water, or allow water to get onto
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
interior or exterior. Water may get
into audio components or other
electrical components above or under the floor carpet (or mat) and
cause a malfunction; and it may
cause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior
The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to remove loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, repeat the procedure. Commercial foaming−
type vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.

NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.
Carpets
Use a good foam−type
clean the carpets.

shampoo

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to produce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.
Seat belts
The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are cleaning, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE
z Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.
z Do not use the belts until they become dry.
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.

NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connectors.

247

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Air conditioning control panel, car audio, instrument panel, c onsole panel
and switches

Leather Interior

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or lukewarm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE
z Do not use organic substances (solvents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discoloring, staining or peeling of the
surface.
z If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances mentioned above.
z If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not spill the liquid onto the vehicle’s interior surfaces. It may contain the ingredients mentioned a bove. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.

The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.

After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a ventilated shaded area.

NOTICE
z If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.
z Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, or
alkaline or acid solutions for cleaning
the
leather
as
these
could c ause discoloring.
z Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.

z Mildew may develop on soiled leather upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.
z Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your vehicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.
z The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days, so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.
z Improper cleaning of the leather upholstery could result in discoloration or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.

248

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs . . . . . . . . .

250
251
253
254

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

249

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save both your time
and money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day−to−day care, is
more important than ever before to ensure
smooth, trouble−free, safe, and economical
drivings.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and emission control system warranties specify that
proper maintenance and care must be performed. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for complete warranty information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those day−
to−day care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to insure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

Where to go for service?

The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular intervals.

Toyota technicians are well−trained specialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.

For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.
The owner may elect to use non−Toyota
supplied parts for replacement purposes without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.
You may also elect to have maintenance, replacement, or repair of the
emission control devices and system
performed by any automotive repair establishment or individual without invalidating this warranty. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement” for complete warranty information.

You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle—reliably and economically.
Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been performed for warranty coverage. If any problems should arise with your vehicle while
under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to keep a copy of the repair order for any
service performed on your Toyota.
What about do−it−yourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechanical ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to perform them are presented on page 255 in
Section 7.

250

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

General maintenance
If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechanic, the Toyota service manuals are recommended. Please be aware that do−it−yourself maintenance can affect your warranty
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as frequently as specified. In addition to checking the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a qualified service shop immediately. It is recommended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION
Make these checks only with adequate ventilation if you run the engine.
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Tire pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge every
two weeks, or at least once a month. See
page 269 in Section 7−2 for additional
information.

Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts, damage
or excessive wear. See page 270 in Section 7−2 for additional information. When
checking the tires, make sure no nuts are
missing, and check the nuts for looseness. Tighten them if necessary.
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires according to the maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) See page 272
in Section 7−2 for additional information.
Fluid leaks
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, water or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including trunk lid
operate smoothly and all latches lock securely. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch secures the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

251

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working. Check headlight aim.
Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers
Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.
Steering wheel
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.
Seats
Check that all front seat controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in any position. Check that the
head restraints move up and down
smoothly and that the locks hold securely
in any latched position. For folding−down
rear seatbacks, check that the latches
lock securely.
Seat belts
Check that the seat belt system such as
buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smoothly. Make sure that the
belt webbings not cut, frayed, worn or
damaged.

Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.
Clutch pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation.
Brake pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.
Brakes
At a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.
Parking brake
Check that the lever or pedal has the
proper travel and that, on a safe incline,
your vehicle is held securely with only the
parking brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mechanism
Check the lock release button of the selector lever for proper and smooth operation. On a safe incline, check that your
vehicle is held securely with the selector
lever in “P” position and all brakes released.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See page 279 in Section 7−3 for
additional information.
Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “F” and “L” lines on the see−through
reservoir when the engine is cold. See
page 266 in Section 7−2 for additional
information.
Radiator, condenser and hoses
Check that the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked with
leaves, dirt, or insects. See page 268 in
Section 7−2 for additional information.
Battery condition
Check the battery condition by the indicator color. See page 276 in Section 7−3 for
additional information.
Brake fluid level
Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See page 268 in Section 7−2 for additional information.

252

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Does your vehicle need
repairing?
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See page 264 in Section
7−2 for additional information.
Power steering fluid level
Check the level through the reservoir. The
level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”
range depending on the fluid temperature.
See page 269 in Section 7−2 for additional information.
Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immediately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” on
page 196 in Section 2.)

Be on the alert for changes in performance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that
indicate service is needed. Some important clues are as follows:

D
D
D
D

Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A leak under the vehicle (however, water dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)

If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.

CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the vehicle unchecked. It could result in serious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.

D Change in exhaust sound (This may

indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked immediately.)

D Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear

D Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road

D Strange noises related to suspension
movement

D Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy

feeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal almost touches floor; vehicle pulls to one
side when braking

D Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal

253

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD
(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.
The OBD system monitors the operation
of the emission control system. When the
OBD system determines that a problem
exists somewhere in the emission control
system, the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even
does
pass
have

if the malfunction indicator lamp
not come on, your vehicle may not
the I/M test as readiness codes
not been set in the OBD system.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary malfunction such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips, but the
error code in the OBD system will not be
cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
taken.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
even the malfunction indicator lamp does
not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.

254

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

7− 1

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Do−it−yourself service precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning the jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

256
258
259
260
261

255

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Engine compartment overview
"2AZ−FE engine
1. Power steering fluid reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Engine oil level dipstick
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Fuse block
6. Battery
7. Radiator
8. Electric cooling fans
9. Condenser
10. Windshield washer fluid tank
11. Engine coolant reservoir

256

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

"1MZ−FE engine
1. Power steering fluid reservoir
2. Engine oil level dipstick
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Fuse blocks
6. Battery
7. Radiator
8. Electric cooling fans
9. Condenser
10. Windshield washer fluid tank
11. Engine coolant reservoir

257

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Fuse locations
Spare fuses

With vehicle skid control system

258

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Do−it−yourself service
precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this section.
You should be aware that improper or incomplete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing
do−it−yourself
maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.

CAUTION

D When the engine is running, keep

hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive
belts.
(Removing
rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)

D Right

after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be careful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.

This section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.

D If the engine is hot, do not remove

For information on tools and parts for do−
it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools” on page 261 in this section.

burn easily, such as paper or rags,
in the engine compartment.

Utmost care
ing on your
injury. Here
you should
serve:

should be taken when workvehicle to prevent accidental
are a few precautions that
be especially careful to ob-

the radiator cap or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.

D Do not leave anything that may
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-

low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.

D Do not get under your vehicle with
just the body jack supporting it. Always use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.

D Be sure that the ignition is off if

you work near the electric cooling
fans or radiator grille. With the
ignition on, the electric cooling fans
will automatically start to run if the
engine coolant temperature is high
and/or the air conditioning is on.

D Use eye protection whenever you

work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.

D Used engine oil contains potentially

harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To remove used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.

D Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.

D Be extremely cautious when work-

ing on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

259

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Positioning the jack
D Warning: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer
and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.

D Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and filter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.

NOTICE
z Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or voltages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.

z Use only spark plugs of the specified type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of performance or radio noise.
z Do not reuse iridium−tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or regapping.
z Do not overfill automatic transmission fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.
z Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.

Front

z Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.
z When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc.

z Add only demineralized or distilled
water to fill the radiator. And if you
spill some of the coolant, be sure
to wash off with water to prevent it
from damaging the parts or paint.
z Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plugholes.
Rear

260

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Parts and tools
When jacking up your vehicle with the
jack, position the jack correctly as
shown in the illustrations.

D Never get under the vehicle when

CAUTION

D Do not raise the vehicle with some-

When jacking, be sure to observe the
following to reduce the possibility of
personal injury:

D When raising the vehicle, do not

D Follow jacking instructions.
D Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle supported by the
jack. Personal injury may occur.

D Do not start or run the engine while

your vehicle is supported by the
jack.

D Stop the vehicle on a level firm

ground, firmly set the parking brake
and put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or reverse (manual).
Block the wheels on the opposite
side of the jack up point if necessary.

the vehicle is supported by the jack
alone; use vehicle support stands.
one in the vehicle.

place any objects on top of or underneath the jack.

NOTICE
Make sure to place the jack correctly,
or your vehicle may be damaged.

Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need to perform do−it−yourself maintenance. Remember all Toyota parts are designed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Parts (if level is low):

D “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent

See page 264 in Section 7−2 for details about engine oil selection.
Tools:

D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding oil)
CHECKING
LEVEL

THE

ENGINE

COOLANT

Parts (if level is low):

D “Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant” or
equivalent

See page 266 in Section 7−2 for details about coolant type selection.

D Demineralized or distilled water
Tools:

D Funnel (only for adding coolant)

261

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if level is low):

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

D SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

D Genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent with

Tools:

ADDING WASHER FLUID

D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding fluid)

Parts:

brake fluid

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID
Parts (if level is low):

same amperage rating as original

D Water
D Washer fluid containing antifreeze (for
winter use)

D Automatic transmission fluid DEXRO-

Tools:

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding fluid)

Parts:

NrII or III

D Bulb with same number and wattage

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
Tools:

D
D
D
D

D Funnel

Warm water

rating as original (See charts in “Replacing light bulbs” on page 279 in
Section 7−3.)

Baking soda
Grease
Conventional
clamp bolts)

wrench

(for

terminal

262

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

7− 2

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the radiator and condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing snow tires and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum wheel precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

264
266
268
268
269
269
270
272
272
274
274

263

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking the engine oil level
Low level

Full level

With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.
1. To get a true reading, the vehicle
should be on a level ground. After turning off the engine, wait a few minutes
for the oil to drain back into the bottom
of the engine.

Add oil

O.K.

Too full

2AZ−FE engine

Low level

Full level

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
the end and wipe it clean.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level while holding a rag under the
end.

CAUTION
Be careful not to touch the hot exhaust manifold.

NOTICE
Add oil

O.K.

Too full

Be careful not to drop the engine oil
on the vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level line, add engine oil
of the same type as already in the engine.
Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick. We recommend that you use
a funnel when adding oil.
The approximate quantity of oil needed to
fill between the low level and the full level
on the dipstick is indicated below for reference.
When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap hand−tight.
Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):
2AZ−FE engine
1.0 (1.1, 0.9)
1MZ−FE engine
1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE
z Be careful not to spill the engine
oil on the vehicle components.
z Avoid overfilling, or
could be damaged.

the

engine

z Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.

1MZ−FE engine

264

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

ENGINE OIL SELECTION
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is filled in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Oil grade:
API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good starting in cold
weather.
If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE
10W−30 may be used. However, it
should be replaced with SAE 5W−30 at
the next oil change.

Recommended viscosity:
SAE 5W−30
API service symbol

Outside temperature

ILSAC certification mark

265

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking the engine coolant
level
Oil identification marks

Look at the see−through coolant reservoir when the engine is cold. The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.
If the level is low, add ethylene−glycol
type coolant for a proper corrosion
protection of aluminum components.

Either or both API registered marks are
added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.
The API Service Symbol is located anywhere on the outside of the container.
The top portion of the label shows the oil
quality by API (American Petroleum Institute) designations such as SL. The center
portion of the label shows the SAE viscosity grade such as SAE 5W−30. “Energy−
Conserving” shown in the lower portion,
indicates that the oil has fuel−saving capabilities.
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee) Certification Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.

The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “L” line, add
coolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

To ensure excellent lubrication performance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
specifically tested and approved for all
Toyota engines.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details about “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil”.

Always use ethylene−glycol type coolant
for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components. See information in the
next column.
If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, engine coolant filler cap,
radiator cap and drain cock and water
pump.
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.

266

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.
Coolant type selection
Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system. Your coolant
must contain ethylene−glycol type coolant
for proper corrosion protection of your engine that contains aluminum components.
We have used “Toyota Genuine Long Life
Coolant” in your Toyota vehicle. In order
to avoid technical problems, we strongly
recommend using “Toyota Genuine Long
Life Coolant” or equivalent.
In addition to preventing freezing and
subsequent damage to the engine, this
type of coolant will also prevent corrosion.
Further supplemental inhibitors or additives
are neither needed nor recommended.

Read the coolant container for information
on freeze protection. Follow the manufacturer’s directions for how much to mix
with plain water (preferably demineralized
water or distilled water). The total capacity
of the cooling system is given on page
287 in Section 8.
We recommend a 50% solution for your
Toyota, to provide protection down to
about −35_C (−31_F). When it is extremely cold, to provide protection down to
about −50_C (−58_F), a 60% solution is
recommended. Do not use more than 70%
solution for better coolant performance.

NOTICE
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.

The engine cooling system is integral to
maximizing performance of your Toyota
vehicle. In line with this, it is strongly
recommended that you use “Toyota
Genuine Long Life Coolant” for protecting
the system, as it is an ethylene−glycol
based premium antifreeze coolant with
excellent corrosion protection properties
that has been specifically formulated for
use in Toyota vehicles.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details about “Toyota Genuine Long
Life Coolant”.

267

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking the radiator and
condenser

Checking brake fluid

If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on.

CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, be careful not to touch the radiator or condenser when the engine is hot.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
work by yourself.

CAUTION
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see−through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
be sure to keep the reservoir filled.

Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
eyes and damage painted surfaces. If
fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water immediately. If
you still feel uncomfortable with your
eyes, go to the doctor.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical problem.

NOTICE
If you spill some of the fluid, be sure
to wash it off with water to prevent
it from damaging the parts or paint.

268

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking power steering fluid
If cold
O.K.

If hot
O.K.
Close

Open

If cold
add
If hot
add

Check the fluid level through the reservoir. If necessary, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (60_C—80_C or 140_F—175_F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is
cold
(about
room
temperature,
10_C—30_C or 50_F—85_F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.

Checking tire pressure
Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoir
tank and look at the fluid level. If the fluid
is cold, the level should be in the “COLD”
range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid level
should be in the “HOT” range. If the level
is at the low side of either range, add
automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII
or III to bring the level within the range.
To remove the reservoir cap, turn it counterclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
turn it clockwise. After replacing the reservoir cap, visually check the steering box
case, vane pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage.

CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering could be damaged.

Keep your tire pressures at the proper
level.
The recommended cold tire pressures, tire
size and the vehicle capacity weight are
given on page 285 in Section 8. They are
also on the tire pressure label as shown.
You should check the tire pressure every
two weeks, or at least once a month. And
don’t forget the spare!
Incorrect tire pressure may waste fuel,
reduce the comfort of driving, reduce tire
life and make your vehicle less safe to
drive.
If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.

269

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking and replacing tires
CAUTION
Keep your tire pressure properly inflated. Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and cause an accident resulting in death or serious injuries.
Low tire pressure (underinflation)—

D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D Poor handling
D Possibility of blowouts from overheated tire

D Poor sealing of the tire bead
D Wheel deformation and/or tire separation

High tire pressure (overinflation)—

D Poor handling
D Excessive wear at the center of the
tire tread

D A greater possibility of tire damage
from road hazards

The following instructions for checking
tire pressure should be observed:

Tread wear indicator

D The pressure should be checked only
when the tires are cold. If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3
hours and has not been driven for
more than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, you
will get an accurate cold tire pressure
reading.

D Always use a tire pressure gauge.

The appearance of a tire can be misleading. Besides, tire pressures that
are even just a few pounds off can
degrade ride and handling.

D Do not bleed or reduce tire pressure
after driving. It is normal for the tire
pressure to be higher after driving.

D Never exceed the vehicle capacity
weight. The passenger and luggage
weight should be located so that the
vehicle is balanced.

D Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation

valve caps. Without the valve caps,
dirt or moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If the caps
have been lost, have new ones put on
as soon as possible.

CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tires tread for the tread wear
indicators. If the indicators show, replace the tires.
The tires on your Toyota have built−in
tread wear indicators to help you know
when the tires need replacement. When
the tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06
in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If
you can see the indicators in two or more
adjacent grooves, the tire should be replaced. The lower the tread, the higher
the risk of skidding.
The effectiveness of snow tires is lost
if the tread wears down below 4 mm
(0.16 in.).

270

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If you have tire damage such as cuts,
splits, cracks deep enough to expose
the fabric, or bulges indicating internal
damage, the tire should be replaced.
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be properly repaired due to the size or location
of a cut or other damage, it should be
replaced. If you are not sure, consult with
your Toyota dealer.
If an air loss occurs while driving, do not
continue driving with a deflated tire. Driving even a short distance can damage a
tire beyond repair.
Any tires which are over 6 years old
must be checked by a qualified technician even if damage is not obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This applies also to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.

Using any other size or type of tire may
seriously affect handling, ride, speedometer/odometer calibration, ground clearance,
and clearance between the body and tires
or snow chains.

CAUTION
Observe the following instructions.
Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle
handling and tire life. Wheels can get out
of balance with regular use and should
therefore be balanced occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the air
valve should also be replaced with a
new one.

D Do not mix radial, bias belted, or

bias−ply tires on your vehicle, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control.

D Do not use tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size,
as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in
loss of control.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use a tire of the
same size and construction, and the
same or greater load capacity as the
originally installed tires.

Toyota recommends all four tires, or at
least both front or rear tires be replaced as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” on page 227
in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

271

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Installing snow tires and
chains

Rotating tires

With a spare tire of the same wheel type
as the installed tires

To equalize the wear and help extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that you
rotate your tires according to the maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) However, the most appropriate timing for tire
rotation may vary according to your
driving habits and road surface conditions.

WHEN TO
CHAINS

See “If you have a flat tire” on page 227
in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

Do not use tires other than those mentioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.

When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out−of−balance
wheels, or severe braking.

CAUTION
Do not include a compact spare tire
when rotating the tires. It is designed
for temporary use only.

USE

SNOW

TIRES

Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.
SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select tires of
the same size, construction and load
capacity as the originally installed tires.

CAUTION
Do not use snow tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control. Otherwise, an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

With a spare tire of different wheel type
from the installed tires

272

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.

Use the tire chains of correct size and
type.

Installing snow tires on the front wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.

Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chains
except radial cable chains or V−bar type
chains.

When storing removed tires you should
store them in a cool dry place. Mark the
direction of rotation and be sure to install
them in the same direction when replacing.

CAUTION

D Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.

D Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.

Regulations regarding the use of tire
chains vary according to location or
type of road, so always check the local
regulations before installing chains.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Install the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the rear tires. Retighten
chains
after
driving
0.5—1.0
km
(1/4—1/2 mile).
When installing chains on your tires, carefully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

D Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or

the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.

D Drive

carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.

D Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheel

braking, as use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.

D When driving with chains installed,

be sure to drive carefully. Slow
down before entering curves to
avoid losing control of the vehicle.
Otherwise an accident may occur.

NOTICE
Do not attempt to use a tire chain on
the compact spare tire, as it may result in damage to the vehicle as well
as the tire.

273

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Replacing wheels
WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
loss of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are replaced by ones with the same load capacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not recommended as they may have been subjected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.

CAUTION
Do not use wheels other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control. Otherwise, an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

Aluminum wheel precautions
D When installing aluminum wheels,

check that the wheel nuts are tight
after driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles).

D If

you have
changed your
wheel nuts are
1600 km (1000

rotated, repaired, or
tires, check that the
still tight after driving
miles).

D When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.

D Use only the Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for
wheels.

your

aluminum

D When balancing your wheels, use only

Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.

D As with any wheel, periodically check

your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.

274

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

7− 3

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

276
277
278
279
279

275

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.

D Do not cause a spark from the battery with tools.

D Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.

D Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.

D Never ingest electrolyte.
D Wear protective safety glasses when
working near the battery.

D Keep children away from the battery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

D If electrolyte gets in your eyes,

flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medical office.

—Checking battery exterior
D If electrolyte gets on your skin,

Terminals

thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately.

Ground
cable

D If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
there is a
through to
ly take off
follow the
essary.

possibility of its soaking
your skin, so immediatethe exposed clothing and
procedure above, if nec-

D If you accidentally swallow electro-

lyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emergency help.

D Warning: Battery posts, terminals

and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer
and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.

Hold−down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
hold−down clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and baking soda. Coat the outside of the terminals with grease to prevent further corrosion.
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.

276

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Checking battery condition
NOTICE
z Be sure the engine and all accessories are off before performing maintenance.
z When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“−” mark) first and reinstall it last.

Type A
Dark

Clear or
light yellow

White

Red

Green

z Be careful not to cause a short circuit with tools.
z Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the moon roof may not operate
automatically and the jam protection function will not function correctly after you
reconnect, replace or recharge the battery.
In any of these cases, you should normalize the moon roof. To normalize the moon
roof, see “Electric moon roof” on page 34
in Section 1−2.

During recharging, the battery is producing hydrogen gas.
Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.

Type B
Blue

Battery recharging precautions

2. Be sure the power switch on the recharger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.

CAUTION

D Always charge the battery in an un-

CHECKING BY INDICATOR
Check the battery condition by the indicator color.
Indicator color

Condition

Type A

Type B

Green

Blue

Good

White

Charging necessary.
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

Dark
Clear or
light
yellow

Red

Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventilation.

D Only do a slow charge (5 A or

less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may explode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.

277

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Checking and replacing fuses
Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out
tool is shown in the illustration.

Type A

If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Good

Only install a fuse with the amperage rating designated on the fuse box lid.

Blown

Type B

If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
Good

Blown

Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull a suspected fuse
straight out and check it.

Type C

Good

See “Fuse locations” on page 258 in Section 7−1 for locations of the fuses.

Blown

Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
page 290 in Section 8 of this manual for
the functions controlled by each circuit.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency
you
can
pull
out
the
“MIR−HTR”, “CIG” or “POWER POINT”
fuse, which may be dispensable for
normal driving, and use it if its amperage
rating is the same.
If you cannot use one of the same amperage, use one that is lower, but as close
as possible to, the rating. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your vehicle for emergencies.

278

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical system. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.

CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher amperage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause extensive damage and possibly a fire.

Adding washer fluid

Replacing light bulbs—

If any washer does not work or low
windshield washer fluid level warning
light comes on, the washer tank may be
empty. Add washer fluid.

The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where temperatures range below freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.

NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.

CAUTION

D To prevent burning yourself, do not

replace the light bulbs while they
are hot.

D Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas

inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.

NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.

279

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

The inside of the lens of exterior lights
such as headlights may temporarily fog up
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
in a car wash. This is not a problem
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside
and inside of the lens, just like the
windshield fogged up in the rain. However,
if there is a large drop of water on the
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your
Toyota dealer.

Light bulbs

Bulb
No.

Type

Light bulbs

Bulb
No.

Type

Headlights (high)

9005

Trunk light (type A)

—

Headlights (low)

9006

Trunk light (type B)

—

Front fog lights

9006

Parking, front side
marker and front
turn signal lights

3457

30/8

Tail and rear side
marker lights

194

3.8

Rear turn signal
lights

921

Stop/tail lights

3057

27/8

Back−up lights

921

—

High mounted
stoplight

921

Personal lights

—

4.9

Interior light
(type A)

—

Interior light
(type B)

—

Vanity lights

—

1.4

Glove box light

—

License plate lights

A:
B:
C:
D:

HB3 halogen bulbs
HB4 halogen bulbs
Wedge base bulbs
Double end bulbs

280

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Headlights
High beam (inside)
Low beam (outside)

1. Open the hood. Turn the bulb base
counterclockwise to the front of the
vehicle as shown.
The above illustration indicates left−hand
headlight.

2. Unplug the connector while depressing the lock release.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

3. Plug in a new bulb into the connector and install it into the mounting
hole.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.

281

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Parking, front side marker
and front turn signal lights

—Tail and rear side marker,
rear turn signal, back−up and
stop/tail lights (type A)

a:
b:
c:
d:

Tail and rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back−up light
Stop/tail light

282

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Tail and rear side marker,
rear turn signal, back−up and
stop/tail lights (type B)

—High mounted stoplight

a:
b:
c:
d:

Tail and rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back−up light
Stop/tail light

283

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

—Front fog and license plate
lights
If either the left or right front fog or
license plate lights burns out, contact
your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE
Do not try to replace the front fog or
license plate light bulbs by yourself.
You may damage the vehicle.

284

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Dimensions and weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286
286
287
287
290
290

285

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Dimensions and weight

Engine

Overall length

mm (in.)

4805 (189.2)

Model:
2AZ−FE and 1MZ−FE

Overall width

mm (in.)

1795

(70.7)

Type:

(58.7)∗2

2AZ−FE engine
4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

Overall height∗1

mm (in.)

1490
1500

Wheelbase

mm (in.)

2720 (107.1)

Front tread

mm (in.)

1545

(60.8)

Rear tread

mm (in.)

1535

(60.4)

2AZ−FE engine
88.5
96.0 (3.48

3.78)

kg (lb.)

410

(900)

1MZ−FE engine
87.5
83.0 (3.44

3.27)

Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants + luggage)
∗1 :

Unladen vehicle
∗2 : With 205/65R15 tires
∗3 : With 215/60R16 tires

(59.1)∗3

1MZ−FE engine
6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):
2AZ−FE engine
1MZ−FE engine

2362 (144.1)
2995 (182.8)

286

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Fuel

Service specifications

Fuel type:

ENGINE

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.
qt.):

2AZ−FE engine
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher
1MZ−FE engine
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded
gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91
(Research Octane Number 96) or
higher is recommended.
Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
70 (18.5, 15.4)

2AZ−FE engine
Intake
0.19—0.29 (0.007—0.011)
Exhaust
0.30—0.40 (0.012—0.016)
1MZ−FE engine
Intake
0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust
0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)
Spark plug type:
DENSO
NGK

SK20R11
IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm(in.):
1.1 (0.043)
1MZ−FE engine only—
Drive
belt
tension
measured
with
Borroughs drive belt tension gauge
No.BT−33−73F (used belt), Ibf:
115"20

2AZ−FE engine
With filter
Without filter

3.8 (4.0, 3.3)
3.6 (3.8, 3.2)

1MZ−FE engine
With filter
Without filter

4.7 (5.0, 4.1)
4.5 (4.8, 4.0)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is filled in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Oil grade:
API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil

287

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 5W−30

COOLING SYSTEM

BATTERY

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
2AZ−FE engine
6.2 (6.6, 5.4)
1MZ−FE engine
9.2 (9.8, 8.1)

Open voltage∗ at 20_C (68_F):
12.6—12.8 V
Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V
Half charged
11.8—12.0 V
Discharged

Coolant type:
“Toyota Genuine Long Life Coolant” is
filled in your Toyota vehicle. In order to
avoid technical problems, we strongly
recommend using “Toyota Genuine Long
Life Coolant” or equivalent.
Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

∗:

Voltage that is checked 20 minutes after the key is removed with all the lights
turned off
Charging rates:
5 A max.

With ethylene−glycol type coolant for a
proper corrosion protection of aluminum
components

Note: If replacement is necessary, make
sure to do so with a battery that meets
the same standard as the original.

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.

CLUTCH

Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details.

Pedal free play, mm (in.):
5—15 (0.2—0.6)
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
2.5 (2.6, 2.2)
Oil type:
Gear oil API GL−4 or GL−5
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W−90

288

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

BRAKES

STEERING

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,
Imp. qt.):

Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
with the engine running, mm (in.):
63 (2.5)∗

Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

3.5 (3.7, 3.1)
Fluid type:
Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV
Change automatic transmission fluid only
as necessary.
Generally, it is necessary to change
automatic transmission fluid only if your
vehicle is driven under one of the Special
Operating Conditions
listed
in your
“Scheduled
Maintenance
Guide”
or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. When
changing the automatic transmission fluid,
use only “Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV”
(ATF JWS3309 or NWS6500) to aid in
assuring optimum transaxle performance.
Notice: Using automatic transmission
fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF
Type T−IV” may cause deterioration in
shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and
ultimately damage the automatic transmission of your vehicle.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

∗:

Fixed type and adjustable type (in front
most position)

Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII
or III

Pedal free play, mm (in.):
Fixed type
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Adjustable type (in front most position)
1—8 (0.04—0.31)
Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake
Lever type—
Parking brake adjustment when pulled
with the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44
lbf):
6—9 clicks
Pedal type—
Parking brake adjustment when depressed with the force of 300 N (31
kgf, 67 lbf):
3—6 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

289

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Tires

Fuses

Tire size and pressure:
Normal driving

kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size

Front

Rear

P205/65R15 92T

200 (2.0, 29)

6 1/2 JJ

P205/65R15 92H

200 (2.0, 29)

6 1/2 JJ

P215/60R16 94V

200 (2.0, 29)

6 1/2 JJ

Wheel size

When driving under the above vehicle conditions at sustained high speeds above 160
km/h (100 mph), in countries where such speeds are permitted by−law, inflate the
front and rear tires to 240 kPa (2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar, 35 psi) provided that it does
not exceed the maximum cold tire pressure molded on the tire sidewall.
Compact spare tire
T145/80R16 105M

kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)
420 (4.2, 60)

Trailer driving

Wheel size
16
4T
kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size

Front

Rear

P205/65R15 92T

220 (2.2, 32)

P205/65R15 92H

220 (2.2, 32)

P215/60R16 94V

200 (2.0, 29)

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):
103 (10.5, 77)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels),
see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages
269 through 274, in Section 7−2.

Engine compartment

290

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

15. IG2 10 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system, SRS airbag system, front seat
belt pretensioners, cruise control system
16. DOOR1 25 A: Multiplex communication
system (power door lock system, auto−
door locking system, wireless remote
control system)
17. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
18. HORN 10 A: Horns

Engine compartment
(with vehicle skid control system)

Instrument panel

Fuses (type A)

9. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left−hand headlight (high beam)

1. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left−hand headlight (low beam)
2. HEAD RH LWR 15
headlight (low beam)

Right−hand

3. DRL 5 A: Daytime running light system
4. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system
5. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse
6. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse
7. SPARE 5 A: Spare fuse

10. HEAD RH UPR 10
headlight (high beam)

Right−hand

11. ST 5 A: Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection system
12. TEL 5 A: No circuit
13. ALT−S 5 A: Charging system
14. IGN 15 A: Starting system

19. D.C.C 30 A: “ECU−B”, “RAD1” and
“DOME” fuses
20. A/F 25 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
21. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
22. HAZ 15 A: Emergency flashers
23. ABS NO.4 7.5 A: Anti−lock brake system, vehicle skid control system, traction control system, brake assist system

8. AM2 30 A: Starting system, “IGN” and
“IG2” fuses

291

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

24. ECU−B 10 A: Multiplex communication
system (power door lock system, security system, auto−door locking system,
automatic light control system, headlight delay off system, tail light auto
cut system, illuminated entry system,
daytime running light system, wireless
remote control system), air conditioning
system
25. DOME 7.5 A: Ignition switch light, interior light, personal lights, trunk light,
vanity lights, garage door opener,
clock, outside temperature gauge, multi−information display
26. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter
27. ECU−ACC 5 A: Power rear view mirrors, clock, multi−information display
28. RAD NO.2 10 A: Car audio system,
navigation system
29. POWER POINT 15 A: Power outlets
30. RAD NO.1 20 A: Car audio system,
navigation system
31. GAUGE1 10 A: Gauges and meters,
clock, outside temperature gauge, multi−information display, shift lock system,
seat belt reminder lights

34. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning systems

47. FAN RLY 10 A: Electric cooling fans

35. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mirror heaters

48. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mounted
stoplight,
anti−lock
brake
system,
cruise control system

36. AM1 5 A: Starting system
37. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

49. FUEL OPEN 5 A: No circuit

38. SUN−SHADE 15 A: No circuit

50. DOOR NO.2 25 A: Multiplex communication system (power door lock system, auto−door locking system, wireless remote control system)

39. GAUGE2 10 A: Auto anti−glare inside
rear view mirror, compass, electric
moon roof, back−up lights, automatic
transmission indicator lights, automatic
light control system, cruise control system
40. PANEL 10 A: Glove box light, clock,
outside temperature gauge, multi−information
display,
instrument
cluster
lights, instrument panel lights, overdrive−off indicator light
41. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, parking lights,
license plate lights
42. PWR NO.4 20 A: Rear passenger’s
power window (left side)
43. PWR NO.2 20 A: Front passenger’s
door lock system, front passenger’s
power window
44. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis system

32. ECU−IG 10 A: SRS airbag system,
power windows, anti−lock brake system

45. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters

33. WIPER 25 A: Windshield wipers

46. WASHER 15 A: Windshield washer

51. AMP 25 A: No circuit
52. PWR NO.3 20 A: Rear passenger’s
power window (right side)
Fuses (type B)
53. MAIN 40 A: “HEAD LH LWR”, “HEAD
RH LWR”, “HEAD LH UPR”, “HEAD LH
UPR” and “DRL” fuses
54. ABS No.2 40 A: Anti−lock brake system, vehicle skid control system, traction control system, brake assist system
55. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fan
56. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fan
57. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system
58. ADJ PDL 30 A: Power adjustable pedals

292

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

59. ABS No.3 40 A: Anti−lock brake system, vehicle skid control system, traction control system, brake assist system
60. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats
61. PWR NO.1 30 A: Driver’s door lock
system, driver’s power window, electric
moon roof
62. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger
Fuses (type C)
63. ALT 100 A (with 2AZ−FE engine) or
ALT 120 A (with 1MZ−FE engine):
“DEF”, “PWR NO.1”, “PWR NO.2”,
“PWR NO.3”, “PWR NO.4”, “STOP”,
“DOOR NO.2”, “OBD”, “PWR SEAT”,
“FUEL OPEN”, “FOG”, “AMP”, “PANEL”,
“TAIL”, “AM1”, “CIG”, “POWER POINT”,
“RAD NO.2”, “ECU−ACC”, “GAUGE1”,
“GAUGE2”,
“ECU−IG”,
“WIPER”,
“WASHER”, “HTR (10 A)”, “SEAT HTR”
and “SUN−SHADE” fuses
64. ABS NO.1 60 A: Anti−lock brake system, vehicle skid control system, traction control system, brake assist system

293

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

294

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS AND UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY
GRADING
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners and uniform
tire quality grading
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

295

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in
addition to notifying Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy
campaign.
However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

Uniform tire quality grading
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline
toll−free at 1−800−424−9393 (or
366−0123 in Washington, D.C.
area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.
Department of Transportation,
Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/
or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire
quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any
questions you may have as you read this
information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger car
tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these
grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum
section width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A

296

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Treadwear—The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and a half (1−1/2) times
as well on the government course as a
tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,
B, and C, and they represent the tire’s
ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on braking (straight
ahead) traction tests and does not include
cornering (turning) traction.

Temperature A, B, C—The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for this
tire are established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.

297

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

298

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

SECTION

INDEX
Index

299

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Quick index
D If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on . . . . . . . . 105
D If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

bU 10

D If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
D If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
D If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
D If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
D Tips for driving during break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
D How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
D General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
D Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Gas station information
Fuel type:
2AZ−FE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher
1MZ−FE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded
gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96)
or higher is recommended.
See page 192 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)
Engine oil:
API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.
See page 265 for detailed information.
Automatic transmission fluid:
Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV
Tire information: See pages 269 through 274.
Tire pressure: See page 290.

Publication No. OM33593U
Part No. 01999-33593
Printed in Japan 01−0301−00

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP
Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.
Toyota belts are:

D Comfortable
D Easy to use
D Convenient
We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

You should know as much about the quality and
importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
running order is to maintain it properly from
the moment you drive it off the showroom
floor.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
packed with literally everything you need to
know to perform your own maintenance in
virtually every area of your new vehicle.

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

’03Camry_U (L/O 0301)

Maintenance procedures for the engine,
chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.
Periodic maintenance and tune−up
Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to prevent small problems from growing into larger ones later on. The repair manual outlines exactly what maintenance is required and clearly explains how to do the
work yourself step−by−step.
Areas covered include such things as spark plug replacement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil
and filter replacement.

Where to obtain the
Repair Manual
The repair manual for CAMRY, written in English, may be purchased as applicable from any
Toyota dealer.
Pub. Name: 2003 CAMRY Repair Manual
Pub. No.: RM972U1
RM972U2

2003 CAMRY from Jan. ’03 Prod. (OM33593U)

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : 132142
Create Date                     : 2013:04:29 02:07:15-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:04:29 02:07:15-04:00
Title                           : 
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2013:04:29 02:07:15-04:00
Creator Tool                    : BroadVision, Inc.
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : 132142
Document ID                     : uuid:f801bc8d-cead-4975-865c-54335668147a
Instance ID                     : uuid:6c20adbf-8c07-4a8b-86a5-f8b7b6d2a087
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
Page Count                      : 307

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Toyota 2003 Camry Owners Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation